You are on page 1of 194

Documentation

HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0


Installation and Administration
Administrator Documentation

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9

Communication for the open minded

Siemens Enterprise Communications


www.siemens.com/open
Copyright © Siemens Enterprise
Communications GmbH & Co. KG 2009
Hofmannstr. 51, 80200 München
Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. KG is
a Trademark Licensee of Siemens AG
Reference No.: A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9
The information provided in this document contains
merely general descriptions or characteristics of
performance which in case of actual use do not always
apply as described or which may change as a result of fur-
ther development of the products. An obligation to pro-
vide the respective characteristics shall only exist if ex-
pressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without no-
tice.
Communication for the open minded OpenScape, OpenStage and HiPath are registered trade-
marks of Siemens Enterprise
Communications GmbH & Co. KG.
Siemens Enterprise Communications All other company, brand, product and service names are
www.siemens.com/open trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
holders.
IVMSysHBTOC.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contents

Contents 0

Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
1 Introduction and Important Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.1 Safety Information and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.1.1 Warning Sign: Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.1.2 Warning Sign: Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.1.3 Warning Sign: Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.1.4 Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.3 Reporting Accidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.4 Correct Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.5 Proper disposal and recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.6 Standards and Guidelines on Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.6.1 Connection to the Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.6.2 Fire Safety Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.6.3 Screened Lines for LAN, WAN, and DMZ Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.6.4 Labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.7 Data Protection and Data Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.8 Documentation Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.2 IVM Control Elements and Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.3 Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.1 System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.2 Special Features for HiPath 33x0 and 35x0 with Entry Voicemail (EVM) . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.3 Installing Ferrites (HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Systems Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.4 Hard Disk Shipping Brace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.5 Power-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.6 Reload Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.7 Safe Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
4 Web Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.1 Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.2 System administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.2.1 Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.2.2 Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
4.2.3 Network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
4.2.4 Special days (year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 3
IVMSysHBTOC.fm

Contents Nur für den internen Gebrauch

4.2.5 Week plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53


4.2.6 Distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.2.7 Group mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.2.8 Mobility function codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2.9 Conference settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.10 Conference server settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.11 E-Mail Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.2.12 Mailbox administration (system-wide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.2.13 Superuser mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.3 Managing individual mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.3.1 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.3.2 Welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.3.3 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4.3.4 Short dial targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.3.5 Automatic Call Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.3.6 Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.3.7 Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3.8 Personal week plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.3.9 E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.3.10 Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.3.11 Conference Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.3.11.1 Participants List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.3.11.2 Execute buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.3.11.3 Control buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.3.11.4 Termination of conference via internet browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.3.12 Conference settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.3.12.1 Call recording rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.3.13 Class Of Service (COS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.3.14 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.4.1 System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.4.2 Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.4.3 Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.4.4 Log files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.4.5 Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.4.6 Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.4.6.1 Upgrade Package Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.4.6.2 Available Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.4.6.3 Internet-Software Update-Service Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.4.7 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.4.8 Prof. Greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.4.9 Language selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.4.10 Voiceprompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.4.11 Initialize mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
4 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHBTOC.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contents

5 Administration (general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103


5.1 Version Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.2 Language selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.3 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.3.1 USBS Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.3.2 Service ID Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.3.3 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.3.4 IVM Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.3.5 Privileges for IVM Ports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.3.6 IVM Hunt Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.3.7 Call Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.3.8 Message Waiting Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.3.9 Centralized Voice Mail / Networked Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.3.10 Multi-Customer Systems (Tenant Service) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.3.11 Setting Up IVM-MOH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.3.12 Setting Up IVM Announcement Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.3.13 Setting Up IVM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.3.14 IVM Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.3.15 General Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5.3.16 Setting Up Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
5.3.16.1 Initial Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.3.16.2 Mailbox Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
5.3.16.3 Setting Up Mailboxes Using Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.3.16.4 Checking Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.3.16.5 Renaming Mailboxes (changing extension numbers). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.3.16.6 Deleting Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.3.17 AutoAttendant Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
5.3.17.1 Interlinking Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.3.17.2 Automatic Information Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.3.17.3 Handling Intercept/System Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
5.3.17.4 AutoAttendant Mailboxes with Separate Speed Dialing Destinations
for Each Time/Greeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
5.3.18 Information Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.3.19 Guest Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.3.20 Group Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
5.3.21 Distribution lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
5.3.22 System-Wide Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
5.3.23 Name selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
5.3.24 Centralized Voice Mail with Networked Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.3.25 Multi Customer Systems (Tenant Service) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5.3.26 LAN Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.4 TUI Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.4.1 Reading Out and Writing Mailbox Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.4.1.1 Message call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 5
IVMSysHBTOC.fm

Contents Nur für den internen Gebrauch

5.4.1.2 Substitute (Referral Extension) Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135


5.4.1.3 Personal Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.4.1.4 E-Mail Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.4.2 Professional Greetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
5.5 Music On Hold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.5.1 MOH Upload Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.6 IVM as Announcement Device for HiPath 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.7 IVM as Call Live Recording System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6 Final Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.1 Normal Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.2 Notification Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6.3 AutoAttendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.3.1 Speed Dialing Destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
6.3.2 Call Forwarding to an Extension Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.3.3 Call Switching to a Mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.4 Group Mailbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.5 Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
6.6 Conference Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
6.7 Finishing Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
7 Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.2 APS and Voice Prompt Upgrades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7.3 Upgrading from Release Line 1.0 to Release Line 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.4 Downgrading from Release Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.5 Upgrade release lines to HE200V.03, to HE250V.04 or to HE300V.04 . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.5.1 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.5.2 Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
7.5.2.1 Configuring IVM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
7.5.2.2 Operating the Service Laptop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
7.5.2.3 Completing the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
7.5.2.4 Responses and LED Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
7.5.3 Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.5.3.1 Service Laptop Failure to Boot from the MORPHIX CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.5.3.2 Service Laptop Incompatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.5.3.3 No Upgrade Image in the System Info Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.5.3.4 Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
7.5.3.5 Upgrade Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8.1 LED Indicators During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
8.2 Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
8.3 Entry in the HiPath 3000 Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
8.4 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
8.5 Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
6 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHBTOC.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Contents

8.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163


8.5.2 Reading Out the Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.6 The Trace File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
8.7 Initializing Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8.8 Resetting Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.9 Super User. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.9.1 Changing the Super User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
8.9.2 Changing the Super User Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
8.10 Disabling the IVM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
9 Backup / Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
9.1 Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
9.2 Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
10 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
10.1 IVM Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
10.1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
10.1.2 Reading Out the IVM Statistics Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
10.2 AutoAttendant Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
10.2.1 Structure of the AutoAttendant Statistics File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
10.2.2 Transferring AutoAttendant Statistics Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
10.2.3 Analyzing AutoAttendant Statistics Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
11 Reaction Time of the IVM and Transfer Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
A Appendix A: Data Transmission via LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
A.1 Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
A.2 Eliminating LAN Access Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
B Appendix B: Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
B.1 Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
B.1.1 General Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
B.1.2 Distribution list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
B.1.3 Notification Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
B.1.4 Mailbox Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
B.1.5 Group Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
B.1.6 AutoAttendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
B.1.7 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
B.1.8 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
B.1.9 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
B.2 Example of a Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
C Appendix C: UDP/TCP Port Numbers Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 7
IVMSysHBTOC.fm

Contents Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
8 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHBLOF.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Figures

Figures 0

Figure 5-1 Mailboxes with Separate Speed Dialing Destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126


Figure 5-2 MOH playback sequence - 1st greeting available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Figure 5-3 MOH playback sequence- 1st and 2nd greetings available . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Figure 5-4 MOH playback sequence - 1st, 2nd and 3rd greetings available . . . . . . . 140
Figure 5-5 MOH playback sequence - 1st, 2nd and 4th greetings available . . . . . . . 141
Figure 5-6 MOH playback sequence - 4 greetings available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Figure 7-1 Restricted Operation During Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Figure 8-1 Log File Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Figure 10-1 Line Structure of the AutoAttendant Statistics Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 9
IVMSysHBLOF.fm

Figures Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
10 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHBLOT.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Tables

Tables 0

Table 3-1 Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33


Table 3-2 Compatibility list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Table 3-3 LED Signaling During Power-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Table 3-4 LED Signaling for Reload Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Table 3-5 LED Signaling in Safe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 4-1 Transfer types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Table 4-2 Basic settings of the conferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Table 4-3 Settings of the conference server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Table 4-4 E-Mail settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Table 4-5 Elements for opening a conference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Table 4-6 Conference Participants List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Table 4-7 Conference Room: Execute buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 4-8 Conference Room: Controll buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Table 4-9 Availability of upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Table 5-1 IVM System Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Table 5-2 COS Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Table 5-3 Mailbox TUI Parameters (Maintenance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Table 7-1 LED Indications during the Upgrade Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Table 8-1 LED Indicators During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Table 8-2 Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Table 8-3 Entry in error log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Table 8-4 Catalog of Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Tabelle 9-1 Restoring backups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Table 10-1 Mailbox Utilization Table (with contents sorted according to number of mes-
sages) 174
Table 10-2 Channels Busy Table (with sample contents) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Table 11-1 Reaction and Transfer Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Table 11-2 Problems with LAN Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 11
IVMSysHBLOT.fm

Tables Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
12 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings

1 Introduction and Important Notes


This installation and administration manual is intended for system administrators and service
technicians who are already familiar with the HiPath Xpressions Compact (IVM) and HiPath
3000 systems.
This serves as a reference work for initial start-up, software upgrades, data backups and sys-
tem settings. It also provides information on troubleshooting, system monitoring/load monitor-
ing, statistics, and other service topics.
It does not provide instructions on operating the HiPath Xpressions Compact via the telephone
interface (user or super user). Refer to the following documentation for this:
● HiPath Xpressions Compact version 3.0, User Manual
● HiPath Xpressions Compact version 3.0, Quick Reference Guide
Nor does it describe setting up the HiPath 3000 system in detail, but rather addresses special
functions only. If required, please refer to the HiPath 3000 service documentation for this.
If you have additional questions which cannot be clarified with the help of this installation and
administration guide, please contact your Back Level Support (BLS).

1.1 Safety Information and Warnings


Work on communication systems and devices may only be carried out by qualified persons.
For the purposes of safety information and warnings, qualified persons are persons who are
authorized to place into operation, ground, and label systems, devices, and lines in accordance
with applicable safety procedures and standards.
It is absolutely essential that you read and understand the following safety information and
warnings before starting installation and implementation work on the communication system or
device.
You should also carefully read and observe all safety information and warnings on the commu-
nication systems and devices themselves.
Familiarize yourself with emergency numbers.
Always consult your manager before starting work in conditions where the necessary safety
precautions do not appear to be in place.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 13
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Safety Information and Warnings

1.1.1 Warning Sign: Danger

Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires


> ● Note: Voltages above 30 V AC (alternating current) or 60 V DC (direct current)
are dangerous.
● Only personnel with proper qualifications or authorized electricians should per-
form work on the low-voltage network (<1000 V AC) and must adhere to the na-
tional/local requirements.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
14 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings

1.1.2 Warning Sign: Warning

Risk of electric shock through contact with live wires


> An electric shock can be life-threatening or lead to serious injuries such as burns.
There are additional dangers even when working with low voltage and large cable
cross-sections. Cables with a large cross-section generally have lower voltages, al-
though the amperages are higher.
● Before starting any work, check that the circuits involved are de-energized. Nev-
er take it for granted that turning off a main switch or circuit breaker will reliably
interrupt all circuits.
● Only use systems, tools, and equipment which are in perfect condition. Do not
use equipment with visible damage.
● Replace any damaged safety equipment (covers, labels and ground wires) im-
mediately.
● Replace the power cable immediately if you notice any damage.
● Only place systems or devices in protection class I into operation using a ground
contact socket.
● Connect the communication system and, if necessary, the main distribution
frame to the ground wire before starting up the system and connecting tele-
phones and lines. Never operate the communications system without the re-
quired ground wire.
● Never touch live wires without ensuring adequate insulation.
● Do not carry out any hardware installation work on communications systems
and devices during a storm.
● Expect leakage current from the communications network. Disconnect all com-
munications lines from the system before disconnecting the prescribed ground
wire from the system.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 15
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Safety Information and Warnings

Disconnection from power circuit(s)


> A disconnect device can be a disconnecting switch (main switch), circuit breaker
(fuse/cutout), or power plug that completely disconnects the communications sys-
tem and device from the power circuit.
● Before carrying out any work on the communication system or on the device,
find out whether there is a disconnect device and locate it.
● When you need to disconnect the power supply to the communication system
or device, you do so using the disconnect device.
● Secure the disconnect device mechanically so that it cannot be used by other
persons and attach a sign reading DO NOT OPERATE to the disconnect device.
● Disconnect all power line circuits when the power supply of the communications
system is not required for certain types of work (for example when changing ca-
bles).
Pull the plug of the communications system and ensure that the communica-
tions system or device is not powered from an additional power source (for ex-
ample, an uninterruptible power supply), or that it is protected by an additional
fuse or an additional main switch
● If you are performing work on circuits with hazardous voltages, always work to-
gether with a partner who is familiar with the location of the disconnect devices
for the power supplies.
● Always disconnect the power supply when you are working directly next to a
power supply unit or direct current converter, unless the work instructions ex-
pressly permit you to work without disconnecting the power supply.
● As long as the power supply is switched on, always observe the greatest caution
when performing measurements on powered components and maintenance
work on plug-in cards, PC boards and covers.
● Metallic surfaces such as mirrors are conductive. If you touch them, there is a
risk of electric shocks or short circuits.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
16 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings

1.1.3 Warning Sign: Caution

Danger of injury:
> ● When working on an open communication system or device, make sure that it
is never left unattended.
● Risk of injury resulting from heavy items or loads.
Lifting heavy objects/loads can cause injury. Use appropriate aids to carry out
such tasks.
● Risk of injury resulting from laser radiation
If there are any optical interfaces: In case of laser radiation,
Do not look directly into the beam. You could damage your eyes.

Risk of explosion if accumulators and batteries are not changed properly:


> ● Only use the approved battery pack and batteries.
● The lithium battery must be replaced only by an identical battery or one recom-
mended by the manufacturer.

Risk of fire:
> ● Only communications cables with a cable diameter of at least 0.4 mm (AWG 26)
or larger may be used.
● The system cabinets must not be fitted with any third-party devices that have not
been approved.
● Do not store any documents or similar flammable items in the system.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 17
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Safety Information and Warnings

General risk of injury/accidents in the workplace:


> ● When maintenance work has been completed, always re-install all safety equip-
ment in the right place. Also close all doors, covers, or the housing after com-
pleting test and maintenance work.
● Install cables in such a way that they do not pose a risk of accident (tripping),
and cannot be damaged.
● Make sure that the work area is well lit and tidy.
● When working on the communications system, never wear loose clothing and
always tie back long hair.
● Do not wear jewelry, metal watchbands or clothes with metal ornaments or riv-
ets. There is a risk of injury and short circuits.
● Always wear the necessary eye protection whenever appropriate.
● Always wear a hard hat where there is a risk of injury from falling objects.
● Check your tools regularly. Only use intact tools.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
18 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Safety Information and Warnings

1.1.4 Important Information


Note the following information in order to avoid damage to property:
● Before placing the system into operation, check whether the nominal voltage of the power
supply network corresponds to the nominal voltage of the communication system or device
(type plate). If necessary, adjust the nominal voltage of the communication system or de-
vice appropriately.
● To protect electrostatically sensitive devices (ESD):
– Always wear the wristband in the prescribed manner before performing any work on
PC boards and modules.
– Transport PC boards and modules only in suitable protective packaging.
– Always place PC boards and modules on a grounded conductive base, and do not
work on the PC boards anywhere else.
– Only use grounded soldering irons.
● Use only original accessories. Failure to comply with this safety information may damage
the communications system or violate safety and EMC regulations.
● Before starting wall assembly, check that the load-bearing capacity of the wall is adequate,
Always use suitable installation and fixing material to make sure that the communication
system is mounted safely.
● Condensation damage:
If the temperature changes rapidly, air humidity can precipitate. If the communication sys-
tem or device is moved from a colder to a warmer environment, moisture can precipitate.
Wait until the temperature has adjusted to the ambient temperature and the communica-
tion system or device is completely dry before starting it up.
● If no emergency power supply is available or if it is not possible to switch to analog emer-
gency phones in the event of a power cut, no emergency calls can be made using the com-
munications system if the power fails.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 19
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Emergencies

1.2 Emergencies

What to do in an emergency
● In the event of an accident, remain calm and controlled.
● Always switch off the power supply before you touch an accident victim.
● If you are not able to immediately switch off the power supply, only touch the victim with
non-conductive materials (such as a wooden broom handle), and first of all try to isolate
the victim from the power supply.

First Aid
● Be familiar with basic first aid procedures for electrical shock. A fundamental knowledge of
the various resuscitation methods if the victim has stopped breathing or if the victim’s heart
is no longer beating, as well as first aid for treating burns, is absolutely necessary in such
emergencies.
● If the victim is not breathing, immediately perform mouth-to-mouth or mouth-to-nose resus-
citation.
● If you have appropriate training, immediately perform heart massage if the victim’s heart is
not beating.

Calling for Help


● Immediately call an ambulance or an emergency physician. Provide the following informa-
tion in the following sequence:
– Where did the accident happen?
– What happened?
– How many people were injured?
– What type of injuries?
– Wait for questions.

1.3 Reporting Accidents


● Immediately report all accidents, near accidents and potential sources of danger to your
manager.
● Report all electrical shocks, no matter how small.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
20 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Correct Use

1.4 Correct Use


The communications system may only be used for the purpose described in this document and
only in connection with the additional devices and components as recommended and permitted
by
Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. KG.
The proper use of the communications system assumes correct transport,storage, assembly
and setup as well as careful operation and maintenance.

1.5 Proper disposal and recycling

All electrical and electronic products should be disposed of separately from the
municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the
government or the local authorities.

The correct disposal and separate collection of your old appliance will help pre-
vent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health.
It is a precondition for reuse and recycling of used electrical and electronic
equipment.

For more detailed information about disposal of your old appliance, please
contact your city office, waste disposal service, the shop where you purchased
the product or your sales representative.

The statements quoted above are only fully valid for equipment which is in-
stalled and sold in the countries of the European Union and is covered by the
directive 2002/96/EC. Countries outside the European Union may have other
regulations regarding the disposal of electrical and electronic equipment.
Used accumulators and batteries with this sign are valuable economic goods
and must be recycled. Used accumulators and batteries that are not recycled
must be disposed of as hazardous waste with full observance of all regulations.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 21
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Standards and Guidelines on Installation

1.6 Standards and Guidelines on Installation

1.6.1 Connection to the Power Supply


HiPath communication systems are approved for connection to TN-S power supply systems.
They can also be connected to a TN-C-S power supply system in which the PEN conductor is
divided into a ground wire and a neutral wire. TN-S and TN-C-S systems are defined in the IEC
364-3 standard.
If work on the low-voltage network is required, it must be carried out by a qualified electrician.
The installation work required to connect HiPath communication systems must be carried out
with full observance of IEC 60364 and IEC 60364-4-41 or the equivalent legal norms and na-
tional regulations (in the US and Canada, for example).

1.6.2 Fire Safety Regulations


Fire safety regulations are specified in country-specific building codes. Adhere to the relevant
regulations.
To conform with the legal fire protection and EMC requirements, operate the HiPath systems
only when closed. You may open the system only briefly for assembly and maintenance work.
HiPath system cables comply with the requirements of the international IEC 60332-1 standard
with regard to burning behavior. The following standards contain equivalent requirements with
regard to the burning behavior of cables.

IEC 60332-1 EN 50265-1 with VDE 0482 parts 265-1 with


EN 50265-2-1 VDE 0842 parts 265-2-1

-------------------- ----------------------- --------------------------


Note: Note: Note:
IEC 60332-1 corre- EN 50265-1 and -2-1 VDE 0482 parts 265-1 and -2-1 replace
sponds to UL VW-1 replace HD 405.1 VDE 0472, part 804, test type B
The responsible project management and service departments must verify whether this stan-
dard satisfies the applicable building regulations and any other additional regulations.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
22 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Standards and Guidelines on Installation

1.6.3 Screened Lines for LAN, WAN, and DMZ Connections


The following prerequisites must be met in order to comply with CE requirements relating to the
electromagnetic compatibility of the communication system and its LAN, WAN, and DMZ con-
nections:
● The communication system may only be operated with screened connection cables. This
means that a screened CAT.5 cable with a length of at least 3m must be used between the
screened LAN, WAN, and DMZ connection sockets of the communication system and the
connection to the building utilities or the connection to active external components. The ca-
ble screen on the cable end that connects to the building utilities or active external compo-
nents must be grounded (building potential equalization connection).
● In the case of shorter connections with an active external component (LAN switch or sim-
ilar), a screened CAT.5 cable must also be used. However, the active component must
have a corresponding screened LAN connection with a grounded screened connector
(building potential equalization connection).
● The screen properties of the cabling components must comply with the requirements of the
European EN 50173-1 standard on generic cabling systems and with any requirements ref-
erenced therein. The European EN 50173-1 standard is derived from the global ISO/IEC
11801 standard.
● Building utilities that have integrated and screened symmetrical copper cabling in accor-
dance with the requirements of class D of EN 50173-1 fulfill the condition above. Class D
is also attained if components (cables, connection boxes, connection cables, etc.) of cate-
gory 5 (CAT.5) are installed.
● In North America, UTP cabling is normally installed (US EIA/TIA 568A standard), and the
following conditions apply to the LAN connections of communication systems there: The
communications system may only be operated with screened connection cables. This
means that a screened CAT.5 cable with a length of at least 3m must be used between the
screened LAN, WAN, and DMZ connection sockets of the communication system and the
connection to the building utilities or the connection to active external components. The ca-
ble screen on the cable end that connects to the building utilities or active external compo-
nents must be grounded (building potential equalization connection).
● Note the information pertaining to the screened connection on the LTU frame exit point for
the LAN connection to PC boards in LTUs.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 23
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Data Protection and Data Security

1.6.4 Labeling

This device complies with the EU guideline 1999/5/EEC as confirmed by


the CE certificate.

This device has been manufactured in accordance with our certified envi-
ronmental management system (ISO 14001). This process ensures that
energy consumption and the use of primary raw materials are kept to a min-
imum, thus reducing waste production.

1.7 Data Protection and Data Security


This system processes and uses personal data for purposes such as call detail recording, dis-
plays, and customer data acquisition.
In Germany, the processing and use of such data is subject to various regulations, including
those of the Federal Data Protection Law (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz, BDSG). For other coun-
tries, please follow the appropriate national laws.
The aim of data protection is to protect the rights of individuals from being adversely affected
by use of their personal data.
In addition, the aim of data protection is to prevent the misuse of data when it is processed and
to ensure that one’s own interests and the interests of other parties which need to be protected
are not affected.
The customer is responsible for ensuring that the system is installed, operated and
maintained in accordance with all applicable labor laws and regulations and all laws and
regulations relating to data protection, privacy and safe labor environment.

Employees of Siemens Enterprise Communications GmbH & Co. KG are bound to safeguard
trade secrets and personal data under the terms of the company’s work rules.
In order to ensure that the statutory requirements are consistently met during service – whether
on-site or remote – you should always observe the following rules. You will not only protect the
interests of your and our customers, you will also avoid personal consequences.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
24 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB01.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction and Important Notes
Documentation Feedback

A conscientious and responsible approach helps protect data and ensure privacy:
● Ensure that only authorized persons have access to customer data.
● Take full advantage of password assignment options; Never give passwords to an unau-
thorized person orally or in writing.
● Ensure that no unauthorized person is able to process (store, modify, transmit, disable, de-
lete) or use customer data in any way.
● Prevent unauthorized persons from gaining access to storage media, such as backup CDs
or log printouts. This applies to service calls as well as to storage and transport.
● Ensure that storage media which are no longer required are completely destroyed. Ensure
that no sensitive documents are left unprotected.
Work closely with your customer contact; this promotes trust and reduces your work-
load.

1.8 Documentation Feedback


If you have questions that are not answered by this document:
● Internal employees should contact their National Support Center.
● Customers should contact their retailer or the Siemens Customer Support Center.
When you call, state the title, ID number, and issue of the document.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 25
IVMSysHB01.fm

Introduction and Important Notes Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Documentation Feedback

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
26 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB02.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction
General

2 Introduction

2.1 General
The HiPath Xpressions Compact module is designed for full integration into the HiPath 3000.
As a result, instructions included in the HiPath 3000 Service Manual generally apply (safety
precautions, installation instructions, etc.).
Modules included in the HiPath Xpressions Compact family are only supported as of HiPath
3000 V1.2, featuring the new CBCPR, CBCC, CBCP, and CBRC central controllers. The cen-
tral control units for HiPath 3800 (CBSAP) are also supported:
IVMP8 S30122-Q7379-X100 HiPath 3350 (POINT) 8 Ports
IVMP8R S30122-K7379-Z100 HiPath 3300 (19 in. POINT) 8 Ports
IVMS8 S30122-Q7379-X HiPath 3550 (COM), 8 Ports
HiPath 3350 (POINT)
IVMS8R S30122-K7379-Z HiPath 3500 (19 in. COM), 8 Ports
HiPath 3300 (19 in. POINT)
IVML8 S30122-Q7380-X100 HiPath 3750 (PRO / ELS), 8 Ports
HiPath 3700 (19 in. PRO /
ELS)
IVML24 S30122-Q7380-X HiPath 3750 (PRO / ELS), 24 Ports
HiPath 3700 (19 in. PRO /
ELS)
IVMN8 S30122-Q7688-X100 HiPath 3800 8 Ports
IVMNL S30122-Q7688-X HiPath 3800 24 Ports
IVMP4R S30122-K7004-Z13 HiPath 3500 (19 in. COM), 4 Ports
HiPath 3300 (19 in. POINT)
IVMP4 S30122-Q7004-X13 HiPath 3500 (19 in. COM), 4 Ports
HiPath 3300 (19 in. POINT)
IVMS8NR S30122-K7379-Z200 HiPath 3500 (19 in. COM), 8 Ports
HiPath 3300 (19 in. POINT)
IVMS8N S30122-Q7379-X200 HiPath 3500 (19 in. COM), 8 Ports
HiPath 3300 (19 in. POINT)

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 27
IVMSysHB02.fm

Introduction Nur für den internen Gebrauch


General

● Only one IVM module is allowed per system.


7 ● The IVMP8/P8R module only functions in HiPath 33x0 systems.
● To prevent overheating, the IVMS8/P8 may only be operated in the lower slots
(5, 7, 9) in HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 (wall mounting).
● The IVMLx modules are not certified for operation in HiPath 3550.
● The IVMLx modules may not be used in a PCM Highway together with an SLC
module.
● The IVML24 may not be used in a PCM Highway together with an SLMO24. Full
accessibility is otherwise no longer possible for master-slave operation with the
SLMO24.
● The IVMLx may only be inserted into the slot directly to the left of the PSU in
HiPath 37x0 systems due to EMC reasons (this is the case for all system box-
es).
The HiPath Xpressions Compact is linked to the HiPath 3000 system as an S0 bus user, i.e.
dialing and additional information are transmitted via the D channel without utilizing any addi-
tional DTMF transmitter and receiver resources within the system. Only navigation within a
mailbox or entries made during a live connection are accomplished via DTMF inband signaling.
In order to assure quick and simple setup, the HiPath Xpressions Compact is equipped with a
given set of parameters directly from the HiPath 3000 system during power-up (extension num-
bers for the IVM hunt group and extension numbers for the IVM ports, feature ID numbers, trunk
groups and system extensions, IP addresses, date and time). This data is synchronized with
the HiPath Xpressions Compact in the event of system changes.
Otherwise, setup data for HiPath Xpressions Compact is stored on the hard disk itself and not
linked to the system Customer Data Set (CDS). For example, setup data is not necessarily lost
if the system is reloaded, but is not part of the CDS backup either. However, IVM setup data is
part of the CDS at the HiPath 3000 Manager E, and is, for example, loaded along with the CDS
or saved.
Administration is performed via HiPath 3000 Manager E.
The LAN interface, with larger throughput capacity, is recommended for transmitting large vol-
umes of data (message backups etc.). For this purpose the Maintenance access via IP-IVM
has to be used in the HiPath Manager (not IP-HiPath).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
28 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB02.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction
IVM Control Elements and Interfaces

2.2 IVM Control Elements and Interfaces


IVM modules are equipped with 2 LEDs and a switch. The IVMS8/S8R, IVMP8/P8R, IVMN8/
N8L/NL, IVMP4/P4R and IVMS8N/S8NR are equipped with push-button switches and the
IVML8/L24 with a rocker switch.
● Green LED: operating state
● Yellow LED: Disable / release from disabled status/upgrade/power-up
The various signals which occur during power-up and operation are described below in
Section 3.5, Section 3.6 and Section 8.1.
● Switch: Module disabling
If the switch is in its upper position (IVML8/L24), or the depressed position (IVMS8/S8R,
IVMP8/P8R, IVMN8/N8L/NL, IVMP4/P4R, IVMS8N/S8NR), the module is in operating
mode. Activating the switch initiates disabling of the module. That means that existing con-
nections are not interrupted, but no new connections can be established after disabling.
The yellow LED lights up after all connections have been terminated. (See also Section
8.1).
A LAN interface is also available. With IVMP4/P4R, IVMS8N/S8NR, IVMS8/S8R, IVMP8/P8R
and IVMN8/N8L/NL, it is realized as an RJ45 plug leading directly from the module. With
IVML8/L24, a LAN adapter (SIPAC 1U - RJ45, article number C39228-A7195-A10) leads di-
rectly from the backplane.
● RJ45 LAN connection (10/100 Mbps): Recommended for backing up/restoring, upgrading,
tracing, and uploading greetings.

The LAN adapter (SIPAC 1U-RJ45, article number C39228-A7195-A10) is con-


> tained in the packaging of the L-modules.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 29
IVMSysHB02.fm

Introduction Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Limits

2.3 Limits
Depending on the module type, 4, 8 or 24 ports are supported, and 500 or 30 mailboxes (incl.
Mobility function).
IVMP8/P8R 8 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVMS8/S8R: 8 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVML8: 8 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVML24: 24 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVMN8/N8L 8 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVMNL 24 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVMS8NR 8 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVMS8N 8 Ports 500 mailboxes
IVMP4R 4 Ports 30 mailboxes
IVMP4 4 Ports 30 mailboxes
The following mailbox types are limited:
Not P4/P4R P4/P4R
AutoAttendant mailboxes: 100 30
Information mailboxes: 100 30
Group mailboxes: 100 30
Number of MOH channels:
IVMP8/P8R 6
IVMN8/N8L 6
IVMNL 6
IVMS8NR 6
IVMS8N 6
IVMS8/S8N 6
IVMP4 4
IVMP4R 4
Number of announcement channels (HiPath 3000 V5.0 and higher):
HiPath 33x0 35x0 37x0 3800
1 4 16 16

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
30 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB02.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Introduction
Limits

E-mail notification is available for the following modules:


IVMN8/N8L System software V 6.0 and higher
IVMNL System software V 6.0 and higher
IVMS8NR System software V 6.0 and higher
IVMS8N System software V 6.0 and higher
IVMP4R System software V 6.0 and higher
IVMP4 System software V 6.0 and higher
Deployment Server Interface (DLI) is available for the following modules:
IVMN8/N8L System software V 7.0 and higher
IVMNL System software V 7.0 and higher
IVMS8NR System software V 7.0 and higher
IVMS8N System software V 7.0 and higher
IVMP4R System software V 7.0 and higher
IVMP4 System software V 7.0 and higher

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 31
IVMSysHB02.fm

Introduction Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Limits

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
32 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB03.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installation
System Requirements

3 Installation
All of the safety precautions included in the HiPath 3000 service manual must be observed.

HiPath Xpressions Compact modules should be handled like all other HiPath 3000
7 modules. The IVMS8/S8R, IVMS8N/S8NR, IVMP4/P4R and IVMP8/P8R may not be
inserted or removed when power is applied to the system (not hot-swappable; al-
though this is possible with the IVML8, IVML24, IVMN8, and IVMNL.

3.1 System Requirements


Installation of HiPath Xpressions Compact is only possible if the following requirements have
been met:

One free slot: Only directly to the left of the PSU in HiPath 37x0 systems.
Not together with an SLMO24 on the same PCM highway if an
IVML24 is used.
Do not use together with an SLC module and/or a PRI (Primary Rate
Interface) module on the same PCM highway if an IVMLx is used.
Only in the lower slots of HiPath 3550/HiPath 3350 wallmount sys-
tems ( IVMS8/S8R, IVMP8/P8R),
For HiPath 3800 we recommend using IVMN8 or IVMNL in the ba-
sic cabinet in slot 10.
One IVM module with IVMP8: S30122-Q7379-X100
the range of features of IVMP8R: S30122-K7379-Z100
Version Version IVMS8: S30122-Q7379-X
HE200V: IVMS8R: S30122-K7379-Z
IVML8: S30122-Q7380-X100
IVML24: S30122-Q7380-X
One IVM module with IVMN8: S30122-Q7688-X100
the range of features of IVMN8L: S30122-Q7688-X200
Version Version IVMNL: S30122-Q7688-X
IVMP4: S30122-Q7004-X13
HE250V and higher:
IVMP4R: S30122-K7004-Z13
IVMS8N: S30122-Q7379-X200
IVMS8NR: S30122-K7379-Z200
One ferrite: For HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 systems only
code number: C39022-Z7000-C7
(the ferrite is contained in the L-module accessory pack)
Table 3-1 Installation Requirements

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 33
IVMSysHB03.fm

Installation Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Requirements

IVM software: HE300V.04.105 or higher (P50038-P103-A1-*)


(the latest version of the
IVM software must be in-
stalled in order to use all
features)
PBX hardware: HiPath 3000 V6.0 oder V7.0 with controllers CBCPR, CBCC, CB-
CP, and CBRC.
HiPath 3800 V6.0 oder V7.0 with CBSAP controller.
System software: Version 6.0
(the latest version of the HiPath 33x0: For the IVM modules S8N/S8NR and P4/P4R
system software must be HiPath 35x0: For the IVM modules S8N/S8NR and P4/P4R
installed in order to use Version 7
all the features) HiPath 3000 V7 R5.4.0 (HE645x.00.033) for Conference Server
HiPath 3000 Manager E: HA580B.00.1xx or higher (P50038-P1570-A1-02)
(the latest version of the
HiPath Manager soft- HV680B.50.011 and higher
ware must be installed in only required in a HiPath-5000-Verbund
order to use all the fea-
tures)
HiPath 5000 DB Feature HV580B.00.1xx or higher
Server only required in a HiPath 5000 combination
Table 3-1 Installation Requirements
*
The fourth block of the article number must be taken from the approval documentation.

For HiPath 3800 we recommend using the IVM module in slot 10.
7 Do not use a SLC module or a PRI (Primary Rate Interface) module on the same PCM
highway.

IVM module IVM- SW HiPath33x0 HiPath35x0 HiPath37x0 HiPath38x00


(Point) (Com) (PRO/ELS) (SAPP)
IVMP8/P8R up to V2.0 in- X
clusive
IVMP4/P4R from V2.5 X X
IVMS8/S8R up to V2.0 in- X X
clusive
IVMS8N/S8NR from V2.5 X X
IVML8 up toV2.0 in- X
clusive

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
34 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB03.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installation
Special Features for HiPath 33x0 and 35x0 with Entry Voicemail (EVM)

IVM module IVM- SW HiPath33x0 HiPath35x0 HiPath37x0 HiPath38x00


(Point) (Com) (PRO/ELS) (SAPP)
IVML24 up to V2.0 X
inclusive
IVMN8/N8L all X
IVMNL all X
Table 3-2 Compatibility list

3.2 Special Features for HiPath 33x0 and 35x0 with Entry Voicemail
(EVM)
Advance provisions are made by default for an EVM (Entry Voicemail, plug-in module clipped
onto the CB) when using a new redesign controller (version 5.0 or higher). The EVM properties
"Preconfigure as Voicemail" and "Mailbox setup by the user" may have a negative effect on any
IVM used. The EVM should therefore be reconfigured as follows since it is not enough to simply
remove the EVM module:
The type of the two EVM ports/stations must be changed from "PhoneMail" to "Standard".
The "Number of mailboxes for AutoConfiguration" must be set to 0 under Auxiliary equipment/
EVM/Additional settings.
Make sure that neither of the EVM ports/stations are in an IVM hunt group.

3.3 Installing Ferrites (HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Systems Only)
A ferrite (article number C39022-Z7000-C7) must be attached to the cable (SIPAC plug) that
leads away from the module installed to the left of the IVML24 or the IVML8. If the slot directly
to the left of this module is empty, the ferrite must be attached to the cable of the first module
to the left. The cable needs to be led only once through the ferrite (no loop).

3.4 Hard Disk Shipping Brace


The hard disk shipping brace must be removed before the IVM module IVMP8/P8R, IVMS8/
S8R or IVML8/L24 can be installed or plugged into the HiPath 3000. In the case of the IVM
modules IVMS8N, IVMS8NR, IVMN8 and IVMNL, the hard disk is directly connected to the
card which means that no shipping brace is needed for the hard disk.

If the IVM module is to be removed from the system and shipped, the shipping brace
7 must be reinserted for modules fitted with rubber shock absorbers and the module
must be shipped in its original packaging (including the ESD bag).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 35
IVMSysHB03.fm

Installation Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Power-Up

3.5 Power-Up
Software and languages (voice prompts / system announcements) are pre-installed on the IVM
module. After installing the IVM module, the system is started according to the following se-
quence:

Green Yellow LED Phase Significance Dura- Comment


LED tion
Off Off 1 Boot procedure 30 s
Off Blinking 2 Basic applications have <1
(500 ms) been started minute
Blinking Blinking 2* Long process has started 0 to 15 Doesn’t always occur.
(100 ms) (500 ms) (e.g. Hard disk test) minutes Can be repeated.
Off Blinking 3 The upgrade process is 0 to 90 Only if initiated. After-
(100 ms) active minutes wards phase 1.
On On 4 LED-Test: Section 3.6, 10 s
"Reload Option", Section
3.7, "Safe Mode".
Off Blinking 5 Starts all applications. 2 to 9
(500 ms) minutes
On Off 6.1 IDLE-mode after a suc-
cessful power-up
Off On 6.2 Module is disabled, mod- Check to see if the
ule error has occurred, module has been de-
Hardware too old or re- activated by HiPath
start of the module. 3000 Manager E, or
with the disable
switch.
Replace module if de-
fective.
Table 3-3 LED Signaling During Power-Up
For further LED signaling see Section 8.1, "LED Indicators During Operation", on page 8-157.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
36 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB03.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Installation
Reload Option

3.6 Reload Option

The IVM can be returned to the factory default settings by executing a reload.
7 All customer data saved to the IVM is irretrievably lost in this case (mailboxes, mes-
sages, announcements, DLI SW images).
The setting of the WBM design will not be changed.
This procedure is unnecessary for an IVM that has just been received from the fac-
tory and has not yet been used. Reload is only advisable for IVM modules with an
unknown status.
Reload is started by activating the disable switch four times (Off-On-Off-On) during the LED test
(phase 4 as described in Section 3.5, "Power-Up"). The LED test is aborted in this case, and
both LEDs blink for about 5 seconds to confirm reloading.

Yellow LED Green LED Phase Significance Dura- Comment


tion
On On 4.1 LED test 10 sec-
onds
Blinking Blinking 4.1.1 Reload confirmation 5 sec-
(500 ms) (500 ms) onds
Blinking Off 4.1.2 Factory default settings is ef- 2 to 9
(500 ms) fected minutes
Table 3-4 LED Signaling for Reload Procedure
Normally continuation with phase 5 (see Section 3.5, "Power-Up", on page 3-36) is recom-
mended.
In some rare cases a restart is necessary. Then continuation with phase 1 (see Section 3.5,
"Power-Up", on page 3-36) is recommended.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 37
IVMSysHB03.fm

Installation Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Safe Mode

3.7 Safe Mode


To enable investigations of booting problems the HW lock button must be pressed 10 times (5
x off / on) during the LED test (phase 4 in 'Power-Up'). Developers then can do the investiga-
tions.
In the safe mode the yellow LED flashes in an interval of 2 seconds. The green LED is indicat-
ing the ready state of the save mode. The yellow LED keeps flashing in the 2 seconds interval.

Yellow LED Green LED Phase Significance Dura- Comment


tion
On On 4.2 LED-Test 10 sec
Blinking Off 4.2.1 Start in the safe mode 1 min
(2000 ms)
Blinking On 4.2.2 Module in safe mode bis Re-
(2000 ms) boot

Baugruppe im abgesicherten
Modus (stand-by).
On Off 4.2.3 Reboots the operating sys- < 1 min
tem
Table 3-5 LED Signaling in Safe mode

Now the IVM can be administrated with an SSH-terminal program (Secure Shell) connected to
the IVM's IP address 192.168.0.2/255.255.255.0. No other standard application will start, al-
lowing an undisturbed operation.
Access parameters will be communicated only after consultation und just in very special cases.
The board remains in this state until a reboot process is initiated through the SSH console.
Switching off the system also terminates this state.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
38 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Login

4 Web Administration

4.1 Login
This page is where users, Super-Users and the administrator (service) identify themselves for
IVM Web administration.
The login mask will open in the language that the browser is set. If the browser language is not
installed in the system, the login mask will appear in English.

Language
The language of the Web user interface can be set here. The setting made applies for the entire
duration of the administration session.
Sandard language: browser language (If the browser language is not available in the system:
English)

Login as
The following options are available:
● User
Permits the administration of individual mailboxes. You must enter the mailbox number and
the mailbox PIN code for this. The PIN code required here is the same as for accessing
the mailbox TUI.
The administration options available are based on the TUI.

This is the only place where mailbox messages can be displayed, played, and
> edited.

● Superuser
The options available here match the options of the TUI superuser. The PIN code required
here is the TUI superuser PIN code.
● Service
Intended for service personnel and permits the most comprehensive administration of the
IVM and individual mailboxes. In this case, Assistant E must enter the user ID and PIN
code of the user from the "System maintenance" user group.

>
New available software components from the manufacturer are displayed on the
service-login with the message „New upgrade packages are available“.

Default setting: User.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 39
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Click "Login" to perform IVM administration.


If you want to administer the DLI, click "Deployment Server Interface (DLI)".

4.2 System administration

4.2.1 Basic settings


This page is available only via service-login.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

Max. length of mailbox number


This setting defines the maximum length of mailbox phone numbers.
Setting range: 1 to 8 digits.
Default setting: 3 digits.

Maximum length of a phone book index.


Here you can choose whether you will use 10 or 100 phonebook entries.This setting deter-
mines whether the phonebook index is on-digit (1-9) or double-digit (1-99).

It is essential to ensure that this value is less than the minimum length
> of a extension in the system, otherwise the concerned extension can not any longer
be dialled from a Mobility-mailbox.
Setting range: 1 - 2
Default setting: 1

Max. number of 'saved messages' per mailbox


Number of messages a user can save for further editing.
Setting range: 1 to 255 new messages.
The default value is 5 messages.

Length of mailbox password


The length of the mailbox password specifies how many characters the password includes.
Setting range: 3 to 8 characters.
The default value is 4 characters.
Default mailbox password: 1 2 3 4
This does not apply to superusers whose password comprises 8 digits.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
40 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Security level
You can select a security level here.
Options: Normal or High.
Registered users are not prompted to enter a password to access the Mobility main menu if the
security level is set to "Normal". The password is only requested if the user switches to the cur-
rent mailbox’s message block. If "High" is set, on the other hand, access to the Mobility menu
is password-protected.
Default setting: "High".

Max. login attempts


This parameter defines how many times a login attempt can fail before mailbox access is
locked. The mailbox is independent from the security level automatically locked as soon as the
number of failed login attempts set is exceeded. Provided the mailbox has not been locked, ev-
ery successful login resets the failed-attempts counter to 0.
The superuser mailbox is never locked.
A locked mailbox can only be unlocked by the superuser or service personnel (see "Reset
passwords" in Section 4.4.11, "Initialize mailboxes").
Setting range: 0 to 3 retries.
0 means that the mailbox will be locked if the first login fails.
Default value: 3 attempts.

Help announcement timeout (sec)


Length of time before the help message is played in the event of caller inactivity after the mail-
box greeting.
This parameter also applies to the pauses between AutoAttendant announcement repeats.
Setting range: 1 to 5 seconds.
Default value: 3 seconds.

Help announcement repetitions


The help announcement is repeated as often as specified by this setting.
Setting range: 0 to 5 repetitions.
Default value: 3 attempts.

Number of notification attempts


If the user has set up a message call, the IVM attempts to establish a connection to the phone
number entered and repeats this attempt as often as specified by this setting or until the user
has listened to the message.
Setting range: 1 to 255 attempts.
Default value: 3 attempts.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 41
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Repeat time for notification attempts (min)


This is the time interval between failed message call attempts.
Setting range: 1 to 60 minutes.
Default value: 15 minutes.

Note that combining the parameters "Number of notification attempts" and "Repeat
7 time for notification attempts (min)" can be beneficial.

Immediate help
You can specify here whether the help announcement should play as soon as the caller reach-
es the mailbox.
Default setting: ’not immediately’ (help announcement on inactivity).

General fax intercept


Specify the fax intercept destination to which the IVM should send incoming faxes here. Mail-
boxes that have activated the COS bit "Fax number" can have a different Fax intercept desti-
nation (see Section 4.3.3, "General"). All others use the fax intercept destination set here.
If you create a new mailbox with the COS bit "Fax number", the fax number entered here serves
as the default setting for the mailbox-specific "Fax intercept destination".
Setting range: valid internal fax number.
Default value: none

Standard language
The standard language selected here serves the default "User language" in new mailboxes. If
you change the standard language, you can apply this change to the user language of all mail-
boxes already configured.
The standard language is also used when playing voice files in the global (non-mailbox-specif-
ic) context.
Default setting: the first language in the selection list.
When changing the default language, the new setting is taken over as Superuser language.
Default setting: the first language in the selection list.

Apply language selection to all mailboxes


Hereby you initiate that the language of all mailboxes will be changed to the default language.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
42 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Message sort order


Sets the order in which the messages are announced. The options available are "Most recent
first" and "Oldest first".

Irrespective of this parameter, new messages are always announced before mes-
> sages that have already been played back. For both old and new messages, urgent
messages are always played before normal ones.
Default setting: "Oldest first".

Automatic deletion of old messages


Unsaved messages are automatically deleted after a set time. The delete operation is triggered
by selecting the check box (left). The time can then be entered in the Edit field (right).
Messages which have been saved are never deleted automatically.

The deletion of messages occurs with the date change. A message which is sent at
> 23:45 in the night is one day old 15 minutes later.
This means that deleting messages after just one day is not recommended.
Setting range: 1 to 90 days
Default setting: deactivated.

Only delete listened-to messages


Only unsaved messages that have been played back are deleted.
Default setting: deactivated.

Announce additional data after message


Information about mailbox messages (for instance, caller number, date, and time) can be an-
nounced before or after the mailbox message.
Default setting: after the mailbox message.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 43
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Transfer behavior
The IVM’s transfer behavior is set here. The following options are available:
Blind Transfer, Wait for Ring, Wait for Answer.

Transfer Description
behavior
Blind Transfer Blind Transfer is unmonitored switching. The call is transferred as quickly
as possible (unscreened transfer). Blind transfer is not possible to a busy
destination with call waiting rejection. If a mailbox is available, the call will
be transferred directly to it in this case or the call will return to the mailbox
transferring the call.
Wait for Ring "Wait for Ring" is a partially monitored switching. The call is transferred
as soon as the target extension number is called (unscreened transfer).
If the extension line is busy and call waiting is not possible, the "Wait for
Ring", in contrast to "Blind Transfer" can transfer the call again after a set
amount of time [see Connection timeout for ’wait for answer/ring’ (sec)’ in
Section 4.2.2, "Timers"], or, in the case of an AutoAttendant mailbox, se-
lect another destination.
Wait for Answer "Wait for Answer" is the completely monitored switching. The call is only
transferred when the user at the extension number accepts the call
(transfer after call answering). The options following an unsuccessful call
transfer are the same as in "Wait for Ring’. The time the caller waits on
hold for call transfer can be set (see "’Wait for Answer’ timeout" below).
Table 4-1 Transfer types
Default setting: Blind Transfer.

Regardless of this parameter, return calls are always switched according to the "Wait
> for Answer" method and fax calls are always switched according to the "Blind Trans-
fer" method.

’Wait for Answer’ timeout


Specifies how long forwarding can take. If the time specified is exceeded, the forwarding at-
tempt is considered unanswered.
Setting range: 10 to 60 seconds.
The default setting is 20 seconds.

User interface switchover to Xpressions V3 interface


An alternative user interface can be selected here (with different DTMF touch tone commands).
The alternative interface is adapted to the Xpressions V3.0 interface.
Default setting: Standard interface.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
44 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Name dialling
You can specify here whether the Name dialing feature should be enabled as a rule.
Default setting: Name dialing is enabled.

Number of relevant letters


Specifies the maximum number of letters that can be entered during vanity dialing.
Setting range: 1 to 5 letters.
The default setting is 3 letters.

Name part used


Specifies the name part (first name, last name) used for searches during vanity dialing. (In
names with more than two parts, the name parts between the first and last name part are ig-
nored by the search.)
Default setting: first name part

Caller number announcement


Specifies whether the caller’s number is announced when playing mailbox messages.
Default setting: deactivated (number is not announced).

Call number length limitation


If "Call number length limitation" is enabled, the IVM can only dial call numbers up to the max-
imum length of the mailbox number for an outgoing call (AutoAttendant speed dialing destina-
tion, substitute (referral extension) call, callback from the message block with "*8"). If longer
call numbers have been configured, connection setup stops.
Default setting: call number length limitation is not activated.

Time to AutoAttendant announcement (sec)


Time after which an AutoAttendant mailbox announcement is repeated in the event of inactivity.
Setting range: 1 to 5 seconds.
Default setting: 3 seconds.

Repetitions of AutoAttendant announcement


An AutoAttendant mailbox announcement is repeated as often as defined.
Setting range: 0 to 5 repeats
Default value: 3

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 45
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Min. message length (sec)


This is the minimum length of a message for storage in a mailbox. Short messages are discard-
ed.
Setting range: 1 to 10 seconds.
The default setting is 1 second.

Max. message length (sec)


The maximum time made available to the caller for recording his or her message (maximum
length of incoming messages in seconds).
Setting range: 1 to 1200 seconds.
Default setting: 120 seconds.

Max. call live recording length (min)


Maximum recording time for voice messages.
Setting range: 1 to 60 minutes.
Default value: 5 minutes.

Ignore stop message recording keyt.


By setting this option all keys will be ignored during a message recording. This means that, inter
alia, the message recording will not be finished by pressing the key „#“.
This setting is useful if DTMF characters are incorrectly interpreted. This mode enables the re-
cording of the DTMF characters in the voice message.

Skin
Here you can specify which Web design is used. This setting will not be changed when reset-
ting the unit into the delivery status (Reload).

Timezone
Here you set the time zone in which the system is installed. This setting is e.g. for the dispatch
of e-mail messages important.
When changing, you will receive the message that a restart is required.

4.2.2 Timers
This page is available only via service-login.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.
If you click the "Default Values" button, the defaults are reset for all settings on this page.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
46 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Delay for explicit call transfer (msec)


The interval between receiving ALERT and introducing TRANSFER (ECT).
Setting range: 500 to 2000 milliseconds.
The default setting is 500 milliseconds.

Delay for mobility callback (sec)


This parameter defines the interval after which the requested mobility callback is performed
(see Section 4.2.8, "Request callback").
Some mobile network operators reject a callback if it is initiated too soon after connection setup
for the callback request.
Setting range: 3 to 10 seconds.
The default setting is 3 seconds.

Interval between USBS connection attempts (sec)


If the USBS connection (from IVM to HiPath) fails, this parameter defines the interval after
which the next attempt should be made.
Setting range: 15 to 60 seconds.
The default setting is 20 seconds.

Connection timeout for ’wait for answer/ring’ (sec)


If the caller decides to try to transfer the call again to the same number after a failed attempt
because the number was busy (only possible for transfers from an AutoAttendant mailbox), this
parameter specifies how long the caller should be left on hold before the next attempt is made.
Setting range: 30 to 240 seconds.
The default setting is 30 seconds.

Fax recognition timeout (sec)


If a transfer attempt to a fax number fails because the number is busy, this parameter specifies
the interval before the next attempt.
Setting range: 5 to 30 seconds.
The default setting is 5 seconds.

Timespan after which a temporary XML file is deleted (sec)


This parameter specifies the interval before the requested XML files are deleted on the IVM
hard disk. This applies to the transfer of prepared log, trace, and statistics files as well as the
XML files that belong to the protocol in the case of data request.
Setting range: 60 to 240 seconds.
The default setting is 60 seconds.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 47
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Playback may be paused for no longer than (sec)


This parameter specifies the length of the pause if message playback was interrupted by a key-
stroke [5 (in IVM)/* (in 450 user interface)]. If the pause is not interrupted by any activity, the
message is spooled back by about one second before playback automatically proceeds.
Setting range: 5 to 10 seconds.
The default setting is 5 seconds.

Gap length for ’fast forward/reverse’ (sec)


This parameter specifies how far ahead/back a message should be fast-forwarded/rewound
during playback.
Setting range: 3 to 12 seconds.
The default setting is 5 seconds.

Confirmation timeout for message deletion (sec)


This parameter specifies the interval in which message deletion should be confirmed.
Setting range: 1 to 3 seconds.
The default setting is 1 second.

Message playback timeout (mins)


This parameter specifies the interval after which the user is prompted to confirm message play-
back with a keystroke. The connection is cleared down if a keystroke is not made.
Setting range: 2 to 15 minutes.
The default value is 10 minutes.

Max. delay between keystrokes (msec)


This parameter specifies how long the IVM waits for a keystroke in the event of user or caller
input.
A separate parameter exists for name selection (see below).
Setting range: 1000 to 4000 milliseconds.
The default setting is 2500 milliseconds.

Max. delay between keystrokers for vanity dialing (sec)


This parameter specifies how long the IVM waits for a keystroke in the event of vanity dialing.
Setting range: 1 to 10 seconds.
The default setting is 2 seconds.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
48 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Recordings stopped by hangup are truncated by (msec)


This parameter specifies by how much a message is shortened if message recording was ter-
minated by hanging up. This deletes the busy tone included in the recording.
Setting range: 0 to 500 milliseconds.
The default setting is 350 milliseconds.

Recordings stopped by user are truncated by (msec)


This parameter specifies by how much a recording (message, greeting, user name) is short-
ened if it was ended with a keystroke. This deletes the DTMF signals included in the recording.
Setting range: 0 to 500 milliseconds.
The default setting is 300 milliseconds.

Silence recognition timeout (msec)


This parameter specifies the interval for voice activity detection.
It is also used to shorten a recording ended because of silence detection. This deletes the si-
lence included in the recording.
Setting range: 2500 to 12000 milliseconds.
The default setting is 12000 milliseconds.

Max. duration of a greeting/private message (sec)


This parameter specifies the maximum recording time for a greeting or a private message. Re-
cording automatically ends when the duration set is reached.
Setting range: 180 to 1200 seconds.
The default setting is 180 seconds.

Max. duration of (spoken) user name (sec)


This parameter specifies the maximum recording duration for the user name. Recording auto-
matically ends when the duration set is reached.
Setting range: 1 to 180 seconds.
Default setting: 180 seconds.

File change polling frequency (sec)


This parameter specifies the intervals in which the IVM checks the files used for data exchange
between HiPath or HiPath Manager and IVM for possible changes.
Setting range: 5 to 15 seconds.
Default setting: 5 seconds.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 49
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

MWI retry interval when busy (sec)


If MWI indication fails because the line is busy, this parameter specifies how long before the
next attempt should be made.
Setting range: 2 to 5 seconds.
Default setting: 2 seconds.

Time to reboot when all ports are busy (mins)


This parameter specifies how long before the permanent seizure of all IVM ports is interpreted
as a fault and causes an IVM reboot.
Setting range: 10 to 20 minutes.
The default value is 10 minutes.

Mailbox Manager Tracing Level


Use this parameter to specify whether the Mailbox Manager’s trace file should record faults
only or all operations. The ’All’ option should only be set under exceptional circumstances for
the elimination of errors because it significantly reduces Mailbox Manager (and therefore IVM)
performance.
Default setting: Errors only

Mailbox Manager Cache


The Mailbox Manager operates with an internal cache to optimize performance. This cache
should only be deactivated under exceptional circumstances for the elimination of errors.
Default setting: activated.

4.2.3 Network settings


This page is available only via service-login.
Use these settings to configure internet access to the IVM.

Basic Settings

Obtain an IP from the PBX


This is the standard setting.
In a HiPath AllServ- Environment this setting is obligatory.
Obtain an IP address automatically
For the opportunity to select this setting the DHCP of the IVM's DLI must be switched off.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
50 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Use the following IP address


If this adjustment is selected, the IVM uses the following parameters.
● IP address
(To be defined only if 'Use the following IP address' is selected).
IP address of the IVM

The IP address must be unique within the local network. To make sure no other de-
> vice is using this address a 'ping' command is recommended. If any other device an-
swers the ping command on this address this must not be used for the IVM.
● Subnet mask
(To be defined only if 'Use the following IP address' is selected).
The network mask addresses subnets by masking IP address bits. The network mask
specifies the size of the subnet. Within a subnet, data can be transferred directly from
computer to computer without having to set up a router- or gateway-based connection.
● Gateway IP
IP address of the standard gateway.
(To be defined only if 'Use the following IP address' is selected).
The gateway is the nearest router (computer) over which the required destination (de-
scribed by the IP address) is reached.
Primary DNS-Server (IP address)
(To be defined only if 'Use the following DNS server addresses' is selected).
Used for resolving names when sending e-mail messages. Without this setting, e-mail messag-
es cannot be dispatched.
Alternative DNS-Server (IP address)
(To be defined only if 'Use the following DNS server addresses' is selected).
A second DNS server entry is used if the primary DNS server cannot be reached, for example,
on account of maintenance.
Host
Host name of the IVM module.

If the IP address is obtained automatically and meanwhile the hostname is transmit-


> ted, this transmitted hostname is taken over in the the setting for "Hostname".
If the hostname is not transmitted , then the system attempts to register the "host-
name" entered here together with the IP address in the DNS server.
The host name registered in the DNS server must match with the IP address.

Domain-Name
DNS domain name.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 51
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Allowed LAN accesses


The IP services available from the IVM are enabled here.

FTP access/TFTP access


This parameter displays whether a direct FTP access and/or a TFTP access is/are permitted
over LAN.
Proxy-Configuration
For automatic updates through the internet a proxy server with access to the internet must be
set. Here the proxy parameters (HTTP-Proxy Address and port, HTTPS-Proxy Address and
port, Username and Password) must to be defined.
To check the parameters and to test the connection to the internet, please click the button „test
internetconnection“.

The connection to the internet can also be tested from a Super user via telephone.
>
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.
'test internet connection' button
An attempt to establish a connecting to the internet will follow.
● A successful try will be indicated by the message 'successful' in a green field above.
● A failed try to connect will be indicated by the message 'failed' in a red field above.

4.2.4 Special days (year)


This page is available only via service-login.
Authorized mailboxes can have the system-wide calendar control the selection of greetings.
The calendar provides a "Week plan" and a "Special days (year)" plan.
In the yearly plan, up to 50 days can be configured which are independent of the week plan.
The activities involved in partitioning a day into segments, setting time-based priorities, and as-
signing greetings are the same as for the "Week plan" and are described in Section 5.3.22,
"System-Wide Calendar".
To delete the entry, select the "delete" check box and then click "Delete dates".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
52 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

4.2.5 Week plan


This page is available only via service-login.
The activities involved in partitioning a day into segments, setting time-based priorities, and as-
signing greetings are the same as for the "Special days (year)" and are described in Section
5.3.22, "System-Wide Calendar".
The default week plan features the following values from Monday through Thursday: working
time 08:00 -16:59 and lunchtime 12:00 - 12:29, and for Friday: working time 08:00 - 14:59 and
lunchtime 12:00 - 12:29.
The announcement start and end for special times are not set by default.
The night announcement is active by default on Saturday and Sunday.
Setting range: 00:00 - 23:59.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.2.6 Distribution lists


This page is available only via service-login.
With distribution lists, it is easy to send the same message to more than one person/mailbox.
You can use this parameter to create 20 lists with up to 20 destinations each (mailboxes or oth-
er distribution lists) for the distribution of messages.

Edit Name
To change the name of a selected distribution list, enter the new name in the "Current list" field.
Press "Edit Name" to change the name.
The name can contain up to 16 characters. It can only contain upper- and lower-case letters
(A-Z), digits, commas, periods, and spaces.
Names with ’01’ through ’20’ are assigned by default.

Destinations
List of all configured mailboxes and all distribution lists.

Destinations in List
Selected destinations from the current distribution list (1-20).

4.2.7 Group mailbox


This page is available only via service-login.
Use this page to enter up to 20 group members for each group mailbox (COS 7, COS 16 or a
mailbox with the COS bit "Group mailbox").

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 53
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Group Mailbox number/name


This dropdown list only offers the group mailboxes for selection.

Shared Group Mailbox


If a call for a member of a shared group mailbox is forwarded to the IVM, the caller hears the
announcement from the member mailbox if the member has a personal mailbox. Otherwise,
the announcement is played by the shared group mailbox. If the caller leaves a message, it is
stored in the shared group mailbox even if a personal mailbox is configured for the extension
called. A new message is signaled via MWI to all members of the shared group mailbox.
Default value: deactivated.

Extension
The extensions with no configured mailboxes can be entered here.
They can be added to the current group mailbox with "Add station".

Mailboxes
All configured mailboxes that are not yet members of the current group mailbox are displayed
here.

Members
All members of the group mailbox are displayed here.

4.2.8 Mobility function codes


This page is available only to mailbox owners or via service-login. Function numbers can only
be modified or configured by the service technician. The mailbox owner is not allowed to chang-
es the settings.
Function numbers can be used by a Mobility box owner to quickly change various settings and
request a callback.

>
All function numbers require that the caller's number is transmitted and was
entered in the settings of the Mobility-mailbox (see Section 4.3.10, "Mobility").
If the number transfer is suppressed, there are no function numbers available as the
connection without action is terminated by the IVM.
The function numbers have to be configured in HiPath as virtual stations. IVM call forwarding
on no reply must also be configured for these virtual stations.
The internal numbers of the virtual stations must be entered to the relevant function.
If a registered Mobility user calls one of these virtual stations, IVM performs the relevant func-
tion.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
54 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Request callback
If IVM is able to identify the caller as a registered Mobility user, it rings back a few seconds later.
If the security level is set to "High", the Mobility user is prompted to enter a password. He or
she is then routed to the the Mobility box’s main menu.

Activate forwarding to 1st alternate destination


Select the first alternate destination set for the relevant mobility box and activate forwarding.

Activate forwarding to 2nd alternate destination


Select the second alternate destination set for the relevant Mobility box and activate forward-
ing.

Activate forwarding to 3rd alternate destination


Select the third alternate destination set for the relevant Mobility box and activate forwarding.

Deactivate forwarding
Deactivate forwarding for the relevant Mobility box.

Activate e-mail notification


Enabling "Voice To E-Mail" for the relevant Mobility box (see COS bit "E-mail notification") ac-
tivates e-mail notification.

Deactivate e-mail notification


Enabling "Voice To E-Mail" for the relevant Mobility box deactivates e-mail notification.
Default values: none
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

Request handover
A mobility user can take over a signalled or active calls on another telephone.
Default values: none

If for a Mobility user the Parallel ringing is configured, additional setting has to be
7 done for the handover-function (see "HiPath 3000/5000 V8, Configuration Exam-
ples, Administrator Documentation“).
Changes of the settings will only take effect after the 'Save' button has been pressed.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 55
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

To discard changes before saving, the 'Reset' button can be used instead.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
56 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

4.2.9 Conference settings


These conference settings page is available through the service login only.
The settings are used for mobility conferences as well as for conferences of the conference
server. System-wide settings:

Setting Possible adjustment


'Conversation on hold allowed' Checkbox set / not set
If this checkbox is set, the guest participants can continue conversa-
tion while the conference leader has put a conference on hold.
Otherwise they just listen to music.
Default setting: set
'Continue the conference without leader' Checkbox set / not set
If this checkbox is set, conferences do not immediately end when the
conference leader hangs up. The guest participants can continue the
conference for a specified period of time.
If checkbox is not set, everyone is disconnected as soon as the con-
ference leader hangs up.
Default setting: not set
'Max. length of conversation without conference leader (min)' Duration in minutes
The timeout of a conference continuation without conference leader (5 - 20 minutes)
can be specified here. This is valid only if the checkbox 'Continue
the conference without leader' is set.
Default setting: 10 minutes
Table 4-2 Basic settings of the conferences

Changes of the settings will only take effect after the 'Save' button has been pressed.
To discard changes before saving, the 'Reset' button can be used instead.

4.2.10 Conference server settings


These conference server settings page is available through the service login only. Conferenc-
ing licenses are required for the desired number of conferencing participants.
The conference server can be used for telephone conferences. Participants can dial into con-
ferences themselves or are called by the IVM to join a conference.
The maximum number of simultaneous conferences as well as the maximum number of partic-
ipants in conferences are depending on size of the IVM's conference server (6/12/18 ports), the
system settings and the system usage (number of currently available lines).
This page is used for system-wide settings of the IVM's conference server. System-wide set-
tings:

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 57
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Setting Possible adjustment


'Max. number of conference participants in the system' Minimum: 2
This is a limit for the maximum total number of simultaneous partici- Maximum: max. num-
pants in conferences. It is used to keep enough access ports for oth- ber of licenses
er IVM applications (e.g. voicemail, automated attendant or mobili-
ty). Default setting: max. number of licenses
'Max. number of conferences' Minimum: 1
This limits the number of simultaneous conferences. Maximum: half the
Default setting for 8-port IVM: 1 'Max. number of con-
Default setting for 24-port IVM: 3 ference participants in
the system' (not higher
than 3)
'Functional phone number' Virtual extension num-
Phone number for dialing into the conferences. This is the number ber of the conference
of an extension permanently routed to the IVM. The IVM interprets server
all rerouted calls from that extension as calls to the conference serv-
er.
'Displayed conference server phone number' Full phone number in-
Full phone number to be used by conference participants to dial cluding the 'Functional
themselves into a conference. This number also is transmitted with phone number' (see
outgoing calls to participants and the conference leader. The confer- above)
ence leader should give this number to invited participants.
CAUTION: This phone number must be entered in intl. format (e.g.
0049898945819)

'Max. call acceptance timeout (sec)' 10 - 60 seconds


This is the time the conference server waits for a called person to
pick up the phone. After this timeout the call will be cancelled.
Default setting: 30 seconds

'Max. waiting time in waiting room (min)' 5 - 20 minutes


This is the max. time a participant may wait for the conference to
open or the conference leader may wait for the first participant.
While waiting music-on-hold is played.
If a conference does not start within the specified time, the line to the
waiting party will be disconnected. If no guest participant enters in
time the conference leader gets an announcement and has the
chance to retrigger the timeout by pressing the # key.
Default: 10 minutes
Table 4-3 Settings of the conference server

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
58 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

Changes of the settings will only take effect after the 'Save' button has been pressed.
To discard changes before saving, the 'Reset' button can be used instead.

4.2.11 E-Mail Overview


This page is available only via service-login.
On this page E-mail transmission for all the mailboxes can be set up. These settings corre-
spond always to the first E-mail address of a mailbox. Because normally the standard SMTP
adjustments are identical for all users the adjustments are entered once. Further adjustments
for the individual users are listed in a table for an easy handling.
Additional E-mail addresses are configured separately.
Standard SMTP Settings
(see Section 4.3.9, "E-mail", on page 4-73)
SMTP server address
The name of the SMTP server / the SMTP server's IP Address must be entered here.
SMTP server port
Port number of the SMTP server.
SMTP authentication
Checkbox to switch authentication on or off.
Authentication method
Selected authentication method (see Section 4.3.9, "E-mail", on page 4-73)
Encryption method
Selected encryption method (see Section 4.3.9, "E-mail", on page 4-73)
Table of E-Mail settings

Column Description
E-Mail activated Activates / deactivates E-mail transmission.
If activated the CoS 'E-mail notification' will be set.
This CoS will not be reset by deactivating the transmission.
Name Name of the mailbox
1st E-Mail address First E-Mail address of this user
SMTP user id Username for access to the standard SMTP server
SMTP password Password for access to the standard SMTP server

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 59
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System administration

Column Description
Send WAV attach- Checkbox to define whether voicemail messages should be send at-
ment tached to the E-Mail or not.
Voicemail deletion Conditions for the deletion of E-Mails (e.g. after transmission, time con-
trolled, manually)
Use default SMTP Checkbox for taking over the standard SMTP settings (above the table).
settings Checkbox E-Mail activated must also be switched on.
Table 4-4 E-Mail settings

The settings in this table are valid for all mailboxes independently of the checkbox 'E-Mail ac-
tivated'.

4.2.12 Mailbox administration (system-wide)


This page is only accessible with the service or superuser password.
Mailboxes can be set up, configured, and deleted here.
Mailbox administration is reserved for the superuser and is heavily restricted.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

Template
If the ongoing session at an existing mailbox is set as a template, the mailbox number and mail-
box name (if available) are displayed here.
To specify a template, see "Set as template for copies" Section 4.3.3, "General".

Mailbox call no.


The numbers of the individual mailboxes are entered here.

If the mailbox should be assigned to a user, it is essential for the mailbox to have the
> same number as the user.

Default value: none.

Name
The mailbox name is entered here. This can be the name of a person, a department or any
other suitable entry. The name can contain up to 80 characters.
Default value: none.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
60 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
System administration

CoS
A defined COS class (COS 1 to COS 17) can be assigned for each mailbox.
Individual COS bits can be freely assigned in Mailbox administration (reached by clicking "Ed-
it") for a mailbox that has already been configured. This results in a "user-defined" COS.

Web administration does not support the creation of new COS types ("Type 1"
> through "Type 254").

Default value: COS 4.

Settings/"Edit" button
This button is only via „service“ login available.
There are other menus for parameters available, see Section 4.3, "Managing individual mail-
boxes", on page 4-62.

Settings/"Status" button
This button is only via „superuser“ login available .
This displays "Status" information about the selected mailbox.

Vanity dialing
In addition to the system-wide setting, you can use this option to configure which number
should be accessible via vanity dialing. It does not matter if vanity dialing is deactivated system-
wide for this mailbox-specific parameter (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings").
Furthermore, a user name must be recorded for each mailbox that should be reachable via
name selection.
Default setting: activated.

Copy
If a template was specified for the ongoing session, clicking "Save" copies the settings for this
template to all mailboxes where this check box is selected. To specify a template, see Section
4.3.3, "General".

Delete
All mailboxes where this check box is selected are deleted by clicking "Save".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 61
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

4.2.13 Superuser mailbox


This page is available only via service-login or super user-login.
It displays status information about the superuser mailbox.
You can only configure the superuser mailbox via superuser login.

4.3 Managing individual mailboxes


In "System Administration" in the menu "Mailbox administration" is an overview of setted mail-
boxes available (only via „service“ login) . You can select a mailbox for further administration
by the "Edit" menu.
The number of a selected mailbox is displayed at the top of the page and in the menu "Mailbox
administration". You can use the links "<<" and ">>" to browse to the previous or next mailbox.
You can also directly enter the number of the mailbox you want with "Select mailbox" and then
use ">>" to switch to the required mailbox.
The individual menu items of the mailbox administration are dynamic and depend on the acti-
vated features of the selected mailbox. These items are for the administrator (via „service“ lo-
gin) and for the user (via „user“ login) accessible.

4.3.1 Messages
This page is available only via user-login.

Message sort order


Sets the mailbox-specific sequence for message announcement; the options available are
"Oldest first", "Most recent first", and "System default".
For more information about "Message sort order", see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings".
This setting can also be made via service-login, see Section 4.3.3, "General" under "Message
sort order".
Default setting: System default.

Messages/Saved messages
All new messages for this mailbox are displayed in a table. Saved messages are listed in a dif-
ferent table.
Urgent, private, and new messages are specially flagged (the urgency of a message can be
modified). In addition, the date, time, and caller number (where available) are displayed. If the
caller is an internal user with personal mailbox, the user’s mailbox name is also displayed.
The changes made here only take effect after your press "Save". All messages for which the
"Delete" check box was selected are deleted.
Use the check box "Save"/Un-save" to move messages to and from the Save folder. This option

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
62 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

only applies if the COS bit "Save messages" is active (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service
(COS)").
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

Download
Allows the download of selected messages to the PC

Listen
Allows
By clicking on the button „Listen“ your extension will be called and you can listen to the selected
message.

4.3.2 Welcome
This page is available for mailbox owners and via service-login.

Greeting selection
All mailboxes where the COS bit "Greeting selection" is set and that have more than one greet-
ing (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)") permit the selection of greeting control. Oth-
erwise, the greeting is selected manually.
Mailboxes with four greetings offer the following options for greeting control:
● Manual
One of the 3 greetings is selected manually. With the corresponding authorization, the user
can change the active greeting via the TUI.
● Type of call
The greeting is selected on the basis of the type of call. IVM distinguishes automatically
between internal and external calls. The first greeting is played for internal calls, the sec-
ond greeting is played for external calls. The third greeting is not used.
Mailboxes with four greetings offer the following options for greeting control:
● Manual
One of the 4 greetings is selected manually. With the corresponding authorization, the user
can change the active greeting via the TUI.
● Type of call
The greeting is selected based on the type of call. IVM distinguishes automatically between
internal and external calls and when the line is free or busy.
The following greetings are played:
– Internal call, not answered --> 1st greeting

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 63
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

– Internal call, busy --> 2nd greeting


– External call, not answered --> 3rd greeting
– External call, busy --> 4th greeting
● Day/Night
The greeting which is played is selected automatically depending on the day/night status
of HiPath 3000. The first greeting is played during the day while the second one is played
at night. The third and fourth greetings are not used.
● Week plan
If the "Personal week plan" associated with a mailbox is active, it defines the greeting, tak-
ing account of whether or not the parameter "Use common Special Days (year)" is active.
Otherwise, the greeting is selected on the basis of the system-wide "Week plan".
The following greetings are played:
– Day message --> 1st greeting
– Night message --> 2nd greeting
– Lunch message --> 3rd greeting
– Special message --> 4th greeting
The mailbox then combines all greetings in a table.
Depending on the COS-settings of mailboxes, 1 up to 4 greetings, private greetings, and user
names are listed .
If "Manual" was set for ’greeting selection’, you can choose one of the greetings from the table,
as far as several greetings are available. One of the greetings is automatically selected.
For the other types of ’greeting selection’, in the column "Use" is displayed for which cases the
greetings („Index“) are played.
You can also listen to each individual greeting at the PC by pressing „Listen“
A WAV file for individual announcement can be transfered from the PC to IVM. To select the
required WAV file , click „Browse“ or enter the file name (with complete path information) in the
field provided.

Use the following WAV format only:


> – WAV audio, Microsoft PCM, 8 bit, mono 8000 Hz.
– ITU G.711 A-law, 8-bit, mono 8000 Hz.
Other WAV formats are not allowed and will be rejected.
The maximal size of the WAV file is 2 GB.
By pressing the „Save“ botton all selected WAV files will be transfered to the IVM. Thereby the
sound volume will be ajusted for Microsoft PCM files. ITU G.711 files will not change.
This may take some time depending on the size of the WAV files.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
64 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

The sound volume ajustment of a greeting file can be interrupted by pressing „Cancel“. This
does not change the greeting file.

If the COS bit "No recording of greetings via TUI" is set, it is not possible to record
> your own greeting via telephone. You can only change a greeting by uploading a
WAV file via HiPath-Manager or WEB.
The user-defined greeting can be deleted. Set the "Delete" check box for a selected greeting
and click "Save". Afterwards the system greeting is activ again.
The ’System greeting’ column shows whether the greeting is a standard greeting or a user-de-
fined greeting.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.3 General
This page is available for mailbox owners and via service-login.
The general mailbox settings can be modified here.

Message recording
The mailbox’s message recording feature can be activated or deactivated here.
Default setting: activated.

Message sort order


This parameter can only be configured by service personnel.
This feature sets the mailbox-specific sequence for messages announcement; the options
available are "Oldest first", "Most recent first", and "System default".
For more information about "Message sort order", see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings".
This setting can also be set by the mailbox owner, see "Message sort order" Section 4.3.1,
"Messages".
Default setting: System default.

Attendant console
This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
Used to configure a multi-customer system (see Section 5.3.10, "Multi-Customer Systems
(Tenant Service)").
You can enter the number of the mailbox-specific voice intercept here.
This parameter controls where the caller is forwarded if the caller dials 0 in a "non-AutoAtten-

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 65
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

dant" mailbox and there is no "Agent" configured. This is evaluated before the Attendant code
- call number internal, which is usually the destination in this case.
Default value: none.

Fax intercept destination


This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
You can configure a mailbox-specific fax intercept destination here that will be evaluated before
the general fax intercept destination (see "General fax intercept" in Section 4.2.1, "Basic set-
tings").
Default value: same as for the system-wide parameter "General fax intercept".

Trunk group
This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
Used to configure a multi-customer system.
If you set up an external outbound call from this mailbox, the trunk group entered here indicates
the lines used for these calls. This is absolutely necessary for correct customer billing.
Default value: none.

Hunt group
This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
Used to configure a multi-customer system.
This parameter defines which customer the mailbox belongs to. It controls which ports the IVM
uses to make an internal or external call.
Default value: none.

User language
This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
You can set the language here that should be spoken when the mailbox owner opens this mail-
box.
This option only applies to a mailbox with the COS bit "Language selection", see Section
4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)".
Default value: same as for the system-wide parameter "Standard language".

Info mailbox
This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
You can configure the mailbox as an info mailbox here to enable caller navigation (scroll back
and forth, pause) within the greeting. The greeting is then repeated until the caller replaces the
handset.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
66 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

This setting is only available for a mailbox with the COS bit "Info mailbox" (or COS 1 mailbox),
see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)".
This parameter can only be configured by service personnel.
Default setting: deactivated.

Automatic disconnect
This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
The setting of this parameter is only possible for a mailbox with COS-Bit "Info/Minimal-Mailbox
(or COS 1 Mailbox) , see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)", on page 4-86.
Automatic disconnect can be set for an info mailbox to ensure greetings are not played back in
an endless loop. In this case, the connection is cleared down after a single announcement.

Default setting: deactivated.

Set as template for copies


This parameter can only be configured via service-login.
You can set the mailbox as a template here. This template either applies for the duration of the
WBM session or until it is replaced by another mailbox template.
To copy the template’s mailbox configuration to another mailbox, select the "Copy" check box
on the page "System administration >> "Mailbox administration (system-wide)".
Default setting: deactivated.

New password / Repeat password


(only via user-login)
This parameter is only for mailbox owners in the menu „General“ available.
You can set a new PIN code here for the mailbox.
This can only be done by the mailbox owner respecting the following rules:
● not allowed are digits in ascending order (ex. 12345)
● not allowed are digits in descending order (ex. 87654)
● not allowed are the same digits (ex. 888888)
Default value: none.

New password (priv. greeting) / Repeat password (priv. greeting)


(only via user-login)
This parameter is only for mailbox owners in the menu „General“ available.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 67
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

You can set a new PIN code here for the mailbox’s private greeting.
This can only be done by the mailbox owner.
Default value: none.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.4 Short dial targets


This page is accessible via service-login and to mailbox owners if the COS-Bit „Auto Attendant“
is set.

Dialing timeout (seconds)


This parameter specifies the interval when dialing must begin. If the time expires before dialing
begins, the greeting is repeated or an intercept is initiated, depending on the mailbox configu-
ration.
Setting range: 1 to 10 seconds.
The default setting is 2.5 seconds.
All speed dialing and intercept destinations are listed together in a table.
You can configure 10 speed dialing destinations here (0 through 9) and two intercept destina-
tions (day and night).
A caller can be forwarded to specific destinations that are defined here (telephone number) by
dialing digits 0 through 9. The caller should be informed about these dial options by an appro-
priate announcement you recorded.
In COS 6, the relevant intercept destination is selected under "Day/Night" greeting control. Oth-
erwise calls are only forwarded to the first intercept destination (day).
The following options are available in the ’Type of number’ column:
● Mailbox
Transfer is not performed in this case. The caller immediately reaches the specified mail-
box. What happens next depends on how this mailbox is configured.
● Intern
The caller is transferred to the number (extension) entered here.
● Extern
In this case, IVM seizes a trunk group before the number specified is dialed.
Default setting: ’Mailbox’.
Transfer is performed in accordance with the "Transfer behavior" set (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic
settings").
The setting "Call number length limitation" (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings") defines whether
the external numbers can be dialed.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
68 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.5 Automatic Call Transfer


This page is accessible to mailbox owners and via service-login; it is only available for mailbox-
es where the COS bit "Automatic Call Transfer" is set (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service
(COS)").
This page is accessible via service-login and to mailbox owners with COS-Bit "Automatic Call
Transfer", (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)").

Identify caller number


You can activate or deactivate caller number identification here.
Default setting: deactivated.
In the table below, you can enter the patterns to be recognized in the "Incoming number" col-
umn and the number to which the caller should be forwarded in the "Forwarding destination"
column.
If the number is recognized, the caller’s number is compared with the patterns, starting with the
first pattern (comparison starts on the left). In other words, if the caller’s number starts with one
of the patterns, it is considered recognized and the caller is forwarded to the relevant call num-
ber.
The first and the tenth entries have a special meaning if you only enter a forwarding destination
without associated pattern for them (’Incoming number" column is blank):
● Number comparison is not performed if you only enter one value under ’Forwarding desti-
nation’ and none under ’Incoming number’ for the first entry. Instead, all callers are imme-
diately forwarded to the forwarding destination entered.
● If you only enter one value under ’Forwarding destination’ and none under ’Incoming num-
ber’ for the tenth entry, all callers with numbers that do not match any of the patterns are
forwarded to the forwarding destination entered here.
"Blind Transfer" is always used as the forwarding type.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.6 Agent
This page is accessible to mailbox owners and via service-login; it is only available for mailbox-
es where the COS bit "Substitute function" is set (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service
(COS)").
In the following scenarios, you can forward calls to the agent:

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 69
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

● If message recording is deactivated or


● If ’silence’ is detected during message recording and the message is too short or
● If the agent is deliberately selected with a DTMF sequence (key ’0’)
Up to five agent numbers can be entered in the ’Number’ column for each mailbox. A currently
active destination can be selected here.
The following options are available in the ’Type of number’ column:
● Intern
The caller is transferred to the number (extension) entered here.
● Extern
In this case, IVM seizes a trunk group before the number specified is dialed.
Default setting: ’Number’.

Substitute call activated


You can activate or deactivate the agent here. You must enter and select a number in the table
below to be able to activate the agent.

Selection by type of call


You can specify here whether the selection of agent numbers should depend on the call type.
Default setting: deactivated.
The first four numbers must be entered to be able to activate this operating mode.
IVM distinguishes automatically between internal and external calls when the line is busy and
when the line is free.
The number is selected as follows:
● Internal call, not answered --> 1st number
● Internal call, busy --> 2nd number
● External call, not answered --> 3rd number
● External call, busy --> 4th number
Transfer is performed in accordance with the "Transfer behavior" set (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic
settings").
The setting "Call number length limitation" (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings") defines whether
the external numbers can be dialed.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
70 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

4.3.7 Notification
This page is accessible to mailbox owners and via service-login and is only available for mail-
boxes where the COS bit "Notification" is set (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)").
In addition to Message Waiting Indication, a notification call can be used to signalize an incom-
ing message in the mailbox. In the standard case, the IVM calls a phone number and requests
the caller to enter his or her mailbox password. Then the message can be heard and the noti-
fication call is considered finished. If a connection fails or if the password is not entered, the
notification call is repeated after a certain length of time (see "Repeat time for notification at-
tempts (min)" in Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings"). This call is repeated the number of times set
in the input field for the "Number of notification attempts" parameter.
Up to five notification numbers can be entered in the ’Number’ column for each mailbox. A cur-
rently active destination can be selected here. The notification call function can be activated
per mailbox.
The following options are available in the ’Type of number’ column:
● Intern
The caller is transferred to the number (extension) entered here.
● Extern
In this case, IVM seizes a trunk group before the number specified is dialed.
Default setting: ’Number’.
The message call can be sent to a DTMFSMS/pager service instead of to a telephone. A se-
quence of up to 64 DTMF signals and pause signals ("P" = 0.5 sec) can be entered for the nec-
essary ’suffix’.

Suffix setup must be carefully monitored and should have enough pause signals.
> For analog outside lines, there are no criteria for accepting the call. Here, the call is
connected after five seconds. This can perhaps be compensated with leading pause
signals.

Message call activated


You can activate or deactivate the notification function here. To be able to activate it, you must
enter and select a number in the table below.
Default setting: deactivated.

Urgent calls only


You can specify whether notification should only be performed for urgent messages.
Default setting: deactivated.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 71
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

In addition, notification calls can be controlled by the weekly program. This program deter-
mines the time that notification calls will be activated for each day. If a message is left in the
mailbox beyond this time, the notification call will not take place until the next "active" time.
To deactivate notification for a day, both times must be set to 00:00.
Default setting: start: 00:00, end: 23:59
The setting "Call number length limitation" (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings") defines whether
external numbers can be dialed for notification purposes.
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.8 Personal week plan


The ’Personal week plan’ is accessible via service-login.
To mailbox owners it is accessible if
● the COS-Bit "Greeting selection" is set, (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service
(COS)")
● and the COS-Bit ’Number of greetings’ is set to 4, (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Ser-
vice (COS)")
● and ’Weekly program’ has been selected in the menu ’Welcom’ in ’Greeting selection’,
(see Section 4.3.2, "Welcome"
This personal week plan has the same structure as the system-wide "Week plan" (day, night,
lunch, and special time).

Pers. week plan activated


You can activate or deactivate the personal week plan here.
The system-wide "Week plan" is no longer used once the personal week plan has been acti-
vated.
Default setting: deactivated.

Use common Special Days (year)


You can define here whether or not the system-wide calendar’s yearly plan of (see Section
4.2.4, "Special days (year)") should be activated in the mailbox.
Default setting: activated.
For more information, see Section 4.2.5, "Week plan".
The personal week plan can also be used to control mailbox message recording. To activate
message recording for a specific part of the day, you must select the relevant check box. If
"Message recording" is deactivated for the mailbox, the week plan setting has no bearing.
Default setting: message recording is active for all parts of the day.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
72 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.9 E-mail
This page is accessible to mailbox owners and via service-login; it is only available for mailbox-
es where the COS bit "E-mail notification" is set (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)").
If this feature is activated, an e-mail is created and sent when a voicemail message arrives in
the mailbox. Users can now retrieve the message via their e-mail inbox on the PC as well as
via telephone.
The message is provided as a file which simplifies electronic storage
If e-mail delivery fails, a new attempt is made every five minutes. Once a day, at approximately
04:15 o’clock, all undelivered e-mails older than 24 hours are deleted.

E-mail notification activated


E-mail notification can be activated or deactivated here.
Default setting: deactivated.

Delete voicemails
There are three ways to delete voicemail messages:
● Manual
The voicemail message is stored as a "new" message (not yet played back) in the relevant
IVM mailbox and can be manually deleted in the usual manner in the TUI.

The system-wide rules "Automatic deletion of old messages" and "Only delete lis-
> tened-to messages" also apply to the new message here (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic
settings")
● After E-mail delivery
The voicemail message is automatically deleted after the delivery of the E-mail notification.
● After defined time
After the E-mail is sent, the voicemail message is stored as "old" (already played back)
message in the relevant IVM mailbox.
The system-wide rules "Automatic deletion of old messages" and "Only delete listened-to
messages" apply to this message (see Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings")
Default setting: Manually.
You can then enter up to three E-mail addresses with all associated settings. The e-mails are
sent to all addresses entered.
A click on one of the ’E-mail’ buttons shows the corresponding E-mail settings. The E-mails will
be delivered to all entered addresses.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 73
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

E-mail address
Enter the e-mail address here.
Default value: none.

Attach WAV file


You can specify here whether the message should be attached as a WAV file.
Default setting: deactivated.
If at least one E-mail without WAV attachment (voicemail message) is sent, the message for-
warding per E-mail is considered as not done.
I.e. the voice message is not lost and will be saved as a new message (not yet listened).

SMTP server (Host name/IP address)


Enter here either the Host name or the IP address of the SMTP server, which should be used
for the E-mail transmission.
Default value: none.

SMTP server (port)


Enter here the port number of the SMTP server.
Default value: 25

SMTP authentication
Authentication is not performed if "SMTP authentication" is not selected.
If the "SMTP authentication" check box is selected, the user name and password must be en-
tered and the authentication method selected.
Default setting: deactivated.

User name
This setting corresponds to your user account in your e-mail provider.
Default value: none.

Password
This setting corresponds to your user account in your e-mail provider.
Default value: none.

Authentication method
Select the appropriate authentication method for your e-mail configuration.
The following methods are available: PLAIN, LOGIN, ANONYMOUS, CRAM-MD5, DIGEST-
MD5.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
74 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

The authentication method is needed if your e-mail provider only allows you to send e-mail to
your own customers for security reasons (spam protection).
Default setting: PLAIN.

Encryption method
You can select the encryption method "TLS" here or "NONE" for no encryption.
Default setting: NONE (no encryption).
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.10 Mobility
You can configure the "Mobility" feature here.
This page is accessible to mailbox owners and via service-login and is only available for mail-
boxes where the COS bit "Mobility box" is set (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service (COS)").
Up to three forwarding destinations can be entered for each mailbox and one of them can be
activated.
All (mobile phone) numbers entered as forwarding destinations operate as registered users.
The fourth entry cannot be used as a forwarding destination. You can enter the different number
of a Twincard (if the number Twincard transfers for an outbound call differs from the one used
to reach it). This ensures that this Twincard is recognized as a registered user.

Mobility activated
You can activate or deactivate forwarding to the forwarding destination here.
Default setting: deactivated.

Parallel ringing (twinning) activated on PBX:


This checkbox indicates to the IVM that this voice mailbox is configured in a MULAP groupe.
(see "HiPath 3000/5000 V8, Configuration Examples, Administrator Documentation“). This en-
ables specialized handling of certain use cases by the IVM.
The default setting of this check box depends on the system software version of the HiPath Ma-
nager:
● If the feature ’Parallel ringing’ is not yet included in the system software this checkbox is
greyed out and can not be activated.
● If the system software includes the feature ’Parallel ringing’ this checkbox is set by default
and can be activated or deactevated.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 75
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

If the Parallel ringing is activated for a mailbox user we recommend to disable the
> "Announcement indicating a forwarding attempt".
Reason:
Announcement starting will cancel the Parallel ringing (i.e. the extension doesn’t ring
anymore).
If the "Announcement indicating a forwarding attempt" is explicitly required, the "In-
terval before announcement playback (0 - 60)" should be maximised, giving enough
time to answer the call from the extension.
Furthermore the handover-function requires an additional setting, (see "HiPath
3000/5000 V8, Configuration Examples, Administrator Documentation“).

Alternative destination for ’busy’


If forwarding to the active forwarding destination fails because the line is busy, you can route
the call to an alternative number.
This check box specifies whether forwarding should be performed.
If this attempt also fails, the caller is transferred to the VMS.
Default setting: deactivated.
● Number
This is the alternative number on busy.
● Type of number
In the column ’Type of number’ the following settings are available:
● Intern
The call is forwarded to the number (extension) entered here.
● Extern
In this case, IVM seizes a trunk group (external line) before the number specified is
dialed.
Default setting: 'Number'

Call acceptance timeout (sec; 0-60)


This parameters specifies the interval before the call is considered "unanswered".
This interval applies to all calls that are set up in a forwarding scenario.
If you set the value to 0, call setup is not restricted in time.
Setting range: 0 to 60 seconds.
The default setting is 25 seconds.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
76 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

Alternative destination for ’unavailable’


If forwarding to the active forwarding destination is not answered, you can route the call to an
alternative number.
This check box specifies whether forwarding should be performed.
If this attempt also fails, the caller is transferred to the VMS.
Default setting: deactivated.
● Number
Enter the alternative number here.
● Type of number
The meaning of the type of number is the same as for the forwarding destination.
● Time to signal tone (sec)
This parameter specifies the time range within the mobility signal tone is played to the own-
er of a mobility mailbox after the forwarded call was taken.
This tone signals that mobility functionallities (on hold/alternate/conferencing ect.) are
available.
Setting range: 0,5 - 5 seconds, to choose in steps of 0,5 seconds.

Announcement indicating a forwarding attempt


You can play a one-off announcement during a forwarding attempt.
This check box defines whether this should take place.
Default setting: deactivated.

If the Parallel ringing ("Parallel ringing (twinning) activated on PBX:") is activated for
> a mailbox user we recommend to disable this announcement.
Reason:
Announcement starting will cancel the Parallel ringing (i.e. the extension don’t ring
anymore).
If this announcement is explicitly required, the "Interval before announcement play-
back (0 - 60)" should be maximised, giving enough time to answer the call from the
extension.

Interval before announcement playback (0 - 60)


This parameter specifies the interval before announcement playback in a forwarding attempt.
The announcement is interrupted by answering the call. If the interval is set to 0 seconds, the
announcement is played immediately and forwarding is only initiated afterwards.
This parameter is only relevant if "Announcement indicating a forwarding attempt" is active.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 77
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

If the "Announcement indicating a forwarding attempt" is activated and explicitly re-


> quired when the Parallel ringing is set for the mailbox user (see "Parallel ringing
(twinning) activated on PBX:"), this interval should be maximised, giving enough
time to answer the call from the extension.

Setting range: 0 to 60 seconds.


The default setting is 7 seconds.

System announcement
This check box indicates whether the "Announcement indicating a forwarding attempt" is a de-
fault announcement.
The default announcement is: "Please hold."

Listen
Here you can listen to the system announcement (checkbox ’ System announcement’ is set) or
to the individual announcement respectively (checkbox ’ System announcement’ is not set) .

Delete
Click this button if you want to delete the current announcement. The user-defined announce-
ment is now replaced by the system announcement. Deleting does not work for the system an-
nouncement.

Browse
A WAV file for individual announcement can be transfered from the PC to IVM. To select the
required WAV file , click \’Browse\’ or enter the file name (with complete path information) in the
field provided. The selected WAV file will be downloaded to the system.

Use the following WAV format only:


> – WAV audio, Microsoft PCM, 8 bit, mono 8000 Hz.
– ITU G.711 A-law, 8-bit, mono 8000 Hz.
Other WAV formats are not allowed and will be rejected.
The maximal size of the WAV file is 2 GB.

Save / Reset
The changes made here only take effect after your press "Save". All user-defined greetings for
which the "Delete" check box was selected are deleted and the selected WAV file is transferred
to IVM and converted. This may take some time depending on the size of the WAV file.
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
78 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

4.3.11 Conference Room


This web control page is available to users after User Login. It allows control of conferences
through internet browsers.
Even for conferences started via telephone this WBM (web based management) page is avail-
able for further control.
After logging in (see 4.1) the systems general WBM page is displayed. The link 'Conference
room' under 'Mailbox administration' opens the control page of the Conference room.
The upper part of this page consists of entries for opening a conference room and the lower
part for controlling a conference.
Elements for opening a conference:
● Entry for number of participants
● Displayed max. number of participants currently possible
● Display number of currently free lines
● Language selection
● Displayed phone number of the conference server
● Displayed conference room number
● Entry for an optional conference room code

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 79
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

Description of these elements:

Element Description
Number of partici- This is an obligatory input to reserve licenses. If the entered number is
pants less than 2 or higher than the number of still available licenses, an error
message is displayed and an entry can be repeated.
The current maximum number of participants is displayed behind this en-
try field. This number only differs from the total number of licenses in the
system if there is already another conference or the number has been lim-
ited in the system's settings.
Free lines This is just an indicator showing how many lines are currently free. If this
number is lower than the number of participants, restrictions in building
up the conference are excepted.
Language Language adjustment for system advices and announcements in this
conference.
Conference serv- This is the conference server's phone number invited participants have to
er phone number dial.
Conference room The room number always is identical to the extension number (mailbox
number number) of the conference leader.
Conference room Participants dialing themselves into a conference are forced to enter this
PIN code room number's access code before entering. If the initiator has not de-
fined a code anyone can enter the conference directly.
The length of the access code (no. of digits) equals the length of the mail-
box code. After opening a conference this code can not be changed any-
more. The code is stored like any other data of this page when this page
is bookmarked for later use.
Dial in allowed If set, participants are allowed to dial in themselves.
Table 4-5 Elements for opening a conference

To start a conference the elements of the upper part of the web control mask must be set to the
appropriate values and the button 'Open' must be clicked. The conference server then calls the
conference leader's extension. Answering of this call opens the conference room.
The lower part of this web page is used for control of the conference.
Elements for control of a conference:
● Participants list
● Execute buttons
● Control buttons

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
80 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

The entry fields of the participants list can be edited. With any click on one of the execute but-
tons the all the contents is saved into the conference server. To save the contents without any
execution of a command the control button 'Save' must be used.
Caution!
Do not click on the 'Refresh' button first after editing entry fields. The conference server will
overwrite your entries.
Caution!
Changes of the conference's status (e.g. new participants or lost participants) are not automat-
ically displayed. To view the current status (e.g. who is in the conference and what is the status)
the 'Refresh' button must be clicked.
The button 'Bookmark' can be used to save the settings and the participants list for later use as
a bookmark in the internet browser. This allows to store an unlimited number of conference par-
ticipant lists.

4.3.11.1 Participants List


The participants list is the telephone directory of the conference.
Description of the participants list.

Column Description
(Checkboxes) One or several participants can be marked via checkbox for executing a
command (one of the execute buttons).

The upper checkbox selects all participants.


Number The participant's phone number.
If a participant has dialed into the conference with no number transmitted
this field is set to 'unknown'.
Type of number The following options are available
– Intern
The call is forwarded to the number (extension) entered here.
– Extern
In this case, IVM seizes a trunk group (external line) before the
number specified is dialed.
Default setting: 'Number'
Status (Smiley Displays the mute-on or mute-off status
symbol)

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 81
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

Column Description
Status (text and empty field
color) Participant not connected.
'connected'
Participant is currently in the conference.
'called'
Participant is currently called.
'missed'
Participant has been called - but does not answer.
'disconnected'
The line to the participant is disconnected, after hanging up or after exe-
cution of the disconnect command.
'hold
Participant is put on hold by the conference leader.
Table 4-6 Conference Participants List

Caution!
The WBM page may show an old status of the conference because it is not refreshed automat-
ically. Use the refresh button to always get the current status.
The entries in the participants list can be edited except the phone numbers of existing connec-
tions.
The first row is representing the conference leader (own name and phone number).
In case of no more empty row, a currently not connected participant must be deleted before
adding a new participant to be dialed. The button 'Delete' must be used after selecting partici-
pants to be deleted.
If someone is dialing into the conference and there is no more row to display this participant,
someone who is not connected to the conference is overwritten.
Caution!
Participants who are connected to the conference can not be deleted.

4.3.11.2 Execute buttons


The execute buttons are used to start an appropriate process. The process is done with all of
the selected participants. If no participant has been selected before, the execute button will be
ignored.
Pressing an execute button always stores the contents of all editable fields into the system and
refreshes the display.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
82 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

Execute button Description


Dial Dials the selected participants. The status changes to called. After a
called party answers the phone an announcement is played, the status
changes to connected and the participant is connected to the conference.
If a called party is not responding in time the status changes to 'missed'.

CAUTION: Status changes are not displayed automatically. To see the


new status the refresh button must be used.

If the conference leader has put the conference on hold, only one target
person can be dialed (e.g. for consultation). The called person is directly
connected to the conference leader without any announcement.

If there are not enough conference licenses for all the participants to be
dialed, a message appears and the system calls just as much parties as
covered by the licenses.
Disconnect Selected participants will be disconnected from the conference. Their sta-
tus changes to disconnect and this page is automatically renewed.
This command is useful if a mailbox instead of a person is responding a
call.
Mute on Mutes the selected participants. Reasonable if someone just should listen
or is in a noisy environment.
Mute off Switches the mute state of selected participants off.
Delete Deletes selected participants in the directory. The lines of present partic-
ipants cannot be deleted.
Table 4-7 Conference Room: Execute buttons

4.3.11.3 Control buttons


These buttons always control the whole conference and not just marked particular participants.

Control buttons Description


Refresh Renews the displayed contents of the web page. To be pressed frequent-
ly.
To avoid loss of data use another command first after editing fields in the
participants list. Refresh overwrites edited fields.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 83
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

Control buttons Description


Open / Finish Opens a conference by calling the conference leader's phone.
The conference room opens as soon as the conference leader picks up
the phone. The button then changes to the 'Finish' button. (Use 'Refresh'
to see the change of the button.
The 'Finish' button terminates a conference. All connections, even to the
conference leader are disconnected immediately.
Hold / Back to wait- Puts the conference in a 'Hold' state and allows the chairman to dial an-
ing partners / Alter- other phone number of a single target person for consultation.
nate While calling the button changes to 'Back to waiting partners'. This can be
used to get back to the conference before talking to the single target. After
establishing the connection the button changes to 'Alternate'.

During Hold theses function can be used:

With the 'Back to waiting partners' button the conference leader can re-
turn to the conference.

After connection to the single target person, the button changes to 'Alter-
nate' (after refresh).

While the conference is in the hold state and the conference leader talks
to another single target person, following functions are available:

'Alternate'
The conference leader can repeatedly alternate between both parties, the
conference and the single target person. Depending on the current con-
nection the party's status changes between 'hold' and 'connected'.

'Conference'
The conference leader and the single target person, both enter the con-
ference. This ends the hold status of the conference.

'Disconnect'
Disconnects all parties which are marked by the checkboxes.

Transfer by hanging up
If the conference leader just hangs up, the conference is connected to the
single target person. The single target person then is the new conference
leader.
This function enables the transfer the conference control e.g. from a sec-
retary to the boss as the new conference leader.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
84 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

Control buttons Description


Record / Stop re- If enabled by the systems administrator the conference leader can start
cording recording at any time during a conference as long as the conference is
not put on hold.
Participants get informed about the recording trough an announcement at
beginning and end of the recording.
Participants who dial into a conference while recording is active get this-
announcement right after the greeting announcement.
The complete recording is send into the conference leader's mailbox or
email.
With start of the recording the 'Record' button changes to 'Stop recording'.
Recording stops automatically if the conference leader hangs up, the re-
corded conference is put on hold or the conference is terminated.
Bookmark The mask and all it's content is saved as a bookmark into the internet
browser.
The bookmark function requires Java Script in the internet browser.
Table 4-8 Conference Room: Controll buttons

4.3.11.4 Termination of conference via internet browser


End of conference with immediate disconnection of all lines
The 'Finish' button is used to terminate a conference. All lines even to the conference leader
are immediately disconnected.
Temporarily continued conference without conference leader
To allow a temporarily continuation of a conference without the conference leader, the confer-
ence leader just hangs up without clicking on the 'Finish' button.
If 'continuing a conference without conference leader' is enabled, the conference then can go
on for a limited period of time defined by the service technician. Within that time the conference
leader can return to the conference by dialing into the conference room from the phone - not
via web browser again.
30 seconds before time limit for conference without leader is reached, a short announcement
is played. The participants then have the chance to say goodbye.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 85
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

End of conference without closing the conference room


A conference can be terminated without closing the conference room if all participants except
the conference leader leave the room.
● After the last participant (not the conference leader) hangs up.
● After all participants are disconnected by the conference leader (selecting all partici-
pants and using the 'Disconnect' button).
In this case the conference leader stays in the conference room and can start another confer-
ence.

4.3.12 Conference settings


These conference settings page allows to setup user rights after service-login and can be
viewed by the user after user-login (read only).

4.3.12.1 Call recording rights


Defines the mailbox owner's rights, to record calls and conferences. The recording of own mes-
sages is always possible.

4.3.13 Class Of Service (COS)


This page is available only via service-login.
You can make all mailbox-specific COS (Class Of Service) settings here.

Select CoS
You can select one of the 17 predefined COS settings or a user-defined COS here. The acti-
vated features that comprise the predefined COS are shown here but cannot be modified. To
(de)activate additional features, you must first select the user-defined COS.

Info mailbox
Setting this COS bit permits the configuration of this mailbox as an "Info mailbox", see Section
4.3.3, "General".
This COS bit cannot be set at the same time as the COS bit "AutoAttendant mailbox". In addi-
tion, the setting "Number of greetings" must be set to 1. If this is not the case, appropriate cor-
rections are made when setting this COS bit.

AutoAttendant mailbox
Specifies whether this feature is activated for the mailbox.
This COS bit cannot be set at the same time as the COS bit "Info mailbox".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
86 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

Group mailbox
Defines whether the mailbox is a group mailbox. For more information, see Section 4.2.7,
"Group mailbox".

Number of greetings
This parameter defines the number of greetings for the mailbox.
The number of greetings is relevant for the following feature:
● "Greeting selection", see Section 4.3.2, "Welcome"
● "Week plan", see Section 4.2.5
● "Personal week plan", see Section 4.3.8

Record and send messages


Specifies whether the mailbox owner can record a message is his or her own message block
and send it to other mailboxes.
Apart from a mailbox, you can also set "System distribution lists" and "Broadcast" as recipients,
as long as the mailbox has appropriate authorization.

The message is only sent to target mailboxes where the Message recording function
> has been activated.

Message forwarding
Specifies whether the mailbox owner can forward the last message played to another mailbox.
The owner can also record a comment and attach it to the message.
Apart from a mailbox, you can also set "System distribution lists" and "Broadcast" as recipients,
as long as the mailbox has appropriate authorization.

The message is only sent to target mailboxes where the Message recording function
> has been activated.

Call back to message sender


Specifies whether, when playing back a message, the mailbox owner can call back the caller
who left the message if the appropriate number was transferred. The callback is initiated in this
case with a key combination (’*8’ or ’70’, depending on the setting "User interface switchover
to Xpressions V3 interface").

Save messages
Specifies whether this mailbox supports message .

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 87
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Managing individual mailboxes

Skip to next TUI function


Specifies whether it is possible to skip all messages in the mailbox and proceed directly to mail-
box administration.
Use the key combination "*"/"79" in the V3 user interface (see "User interface switchover to
Xpressions V3 interface" in Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings") to jump to the next TUI function.

Private message
Specifies whether this feature is activated for the mailbox.

Greeting selection
Specifies whether the mailbox features greeting control. For more information on this, see
"Greeting selection" in Section 4.3.2, "Welcome".

Notification
Specifies whether this feature is activated for the mailbox. For more configuration options for
this feature, see Section 4.3.7, "Notification".

Substitute function
Specifies whether this feature is activated for the mailbox. For more configuration options for
the Substitute function, see Section 4.3.6, "Agent".

Fax number
Specifies whether the mailbox can define a separate fax intercept destination. For more infor-
mation, see Section 4.3.3, "Fax intercept destination".

Language selection
Specifies whether "User language" can be selected or activated for this mailbox (see Section
4.3.3, "General").

Personal mailbox user name

Specifies whether the mailbox has a user name.

Broadcast
This COS bit authorizes a mailbox to perform broadcasting at the same time as message for-
warding.
Broadcast is an exception for voice message dispatch. If a user is authorized to send broadcast
messages, Broadcast is displayed as an optional destination on the TUI.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
88 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Managing individual mailboxes

An MWI notification is sent as soon as the mailbox receives a broadcast message.


Important: This can take some time, depending on the HiPath 3000 system load and the num-
ber of MWIs to be set.
The receipt of a broadcast message does not result in a "user outcall"

System distribution lists


Specifies whether distribution lists are offered as the destination for messages sent from this
mailbox. For more information on distribution lists, see Section 4.2.6, "Distribution lists".

Mobility box
Specifies whether this featur is activated for the mailbox. Further possibilities to configure this
featur are discribed in Section 4.3.10, "Mobility", on page 4-75.

Time specific speed dial destinations


If this COS bit is set for an AutoAttendant mailbox, this mailbox can be assigned by the IVM
calendar irrespective of the speed dialing destinations. For more information about setting up
this feature, see Section 5.3.17.4, "AutoAttendant Mailboxes with Separate Speed Dialing Des-
tinations for Each Time/Greeting".

Direct dial disabled


If this COS bit is set, numbers can no longer be dialed in an AutoAttendant mailbox. The caller
can forward his or her own call using predefined speed dialing destinations.

Agile mailbox attendant


Setting the "Agile support" COS bit causes switching to be performed with different timing (ex-
cept fax tone recognition).

This COS bit should only be set if the AutoAttendant mailbox is being used in an Ag-
> ile environment. In a standard environment, setting this COS bit can lead to a loss
of AutoAttendant functionality.

E-mail notification
Specifies whether this feature is activated for the mailbox. For more configuration options for
e-mail transmission, see Section 4.3.9, "E-mail".

No recording of greetings via TUI


If this COS bit is set, an individual greeting can no longer be recorded in the TUI. The only way
to change the default greeting is by loading WAV files over HiPath Manager or the Web (see
Section 4.4.8, "Prof. Greetings").

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 89
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

Automatic Call Transfer


Specifies whether this feature is activated for the mailbox, see Section 4.3.5, "Automatic Call
Transfer", on page 4-69.

Message recording activated


Specifies whether the mailbox is able to record messages. If the COS bit is set, message re-
cording can also be enabled and disabled for the mailbox.

Reply to message sender


Specifies whether the mailbox owner can record a reply to the last message played and send
it to the message originator. The entry of an alternative recipient is not possible here.

The reply is only sent to target mailboxes in which the message receiving function
> has been activated.

Conference server
Specifies whether the mailbox owner is allowed to initiate telephone conferences.

Button „Save“/“Reset“
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.3.14 Status
This page is accessible to service personnel, superusers, and mailbox owners.
Some mailbox settings and status information are displayed here.

4.4 Service

4.4.1 System information


Various system information is displayed on this page.
It is accessible to superusers and service personnel.

Hardware version
The IVM hardware version and the associated Siemens item code number are displayed here.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
90 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Service

Software version
The IVM software version and the associated Siemens item code numbers are displayed here.

Language 1
Language 2
Language 3
The languages currently available in IVM are displayed here. Language identifiers and versions
are displayed.

Mac-ID
The MAC ID of the IVM module. This data is needed to configure network access.

Enabled channels
Maximum number of channels that can be seized at the same time by the IVM.

Activated features
The features available in the current software are listed here.
A number of these features are enabled by an appropriate license.

Number of installed mailboxes,


Number of mailboxes remaining
This shows initial statistical data on IVM capacity: how many mailboxes are currently in use and
how many are still available.

Hard disk load


This shows the percentage of IVM storage capacity already used.

Active channels
Number of IVM channels currently seized.

HW lock activ
SW lock activ
This shows the lock status of the IVM module.
For more information about disabling the module, see Section 8.10, "Disabling the IVM".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 91
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

Software / Version
In this table all installed software packages of the system are listed with name (left column) and
version (right column).

Reload manually
Click this button to reload the IVM data.

„Download package DB“


All relevant informations about the latest software packages can be downloaded by pressing
„Download package DB“.

Restart
Restart the IVM module by pressing “Restart“.

4.4.2 Backup
You can configure a backup request here and send it to the IVM.
This page is available only via service-login.

Available mailboxes
All configured mailboxes [mailbox numbers and mailbox names (if available)] that have not yet
been selected for backup are displayed here.

Mailboxes in backup
This field contains all mailboxes selected for backup.

Messages
This parameter specifies whether the voicemail messages are included in the backup.
Default setting: not selected, i.e. no messages.

Mailbox greetings are always included in the backup.


>
Request backup/Reset
Click "Request backup" to request a backup from the IVM.
The "Reset" button lets you undo all backup configurations performed on this page.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
92 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Service

The size of the backup file is displayed once it has been created on the IVM module. This helps
the user determine the approximate time required for data transfer. The transfer is started by
clicking "Download backup".
If the transfer is going to take long, you can quit this page to concentrate of other settings.
Once the IVM backup file has been successfully transferred, the IVM backup data is saved un-
der the name previously entered. Click "New backup" if you want to compile a different backup.
For more information about backup, see Section 9.1, "Backup".

4.4.3 Restore
You can start a restore operation on this page.
This page is available only via service-login.
The restore is generated from an existing backup archive – the IVM automatically transfers the
relevant data.

Choose file
Enter the name of the existing backup file (with complete path information). Use the "Browse"
button to simplify file name entry.
If you then click "Upload file", the selected backup file is evaluated and its contents are dis-
played.

Available mailboxes
All mailboxes included in the backup [mailbox numbers and mailbox names (if available)] that
have not yet been selected for a restore are displayed here.

Mailboxes in restore
This field contains all selected mailboxes to be restored.

With messages
This check box defines whether the voicemail message included in the backup should also be
restored.
Default setting: not selected, i.e. no messages.

Overwrite
This check box is used to set the type of restore operation:
● With Overwrite:
All mailboxes configured in IVM are first deleted and the ones selected for restoring are
created.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 93
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

● Without Overwrite:
Mailboxes that already exist in IVM are replaced by restored mailboxes; the messages
from the backup file are added to the restored mailbox’s messages already on the IVM to
ensure that no messages are lost. New mailboxes are created. No mailboxes are deleted.
Default setting: not selected, that is, no overwriting.

Perform restore / Reset


Click "Upload" to initiate the restore operation.
The "Reset" button lets you undo all restore configurations performed on this page.
For more information about the Restore function, see Section 9.2.

4.4.4 Log files


You can initiate log file transmission on this page.
This page is available only via service-login.
The log file size shown on this page gives the user an idea of the transfer time.

Download file
Click "Download file" to start the transfer.
A successful transfer operation stores IVM log data under the name previously entered.
For more information about the contents of the log file, see Section 8.5, "Log File".

4.4.5 Trace
You can request an IVM trace on this page.
This page is available only via service-login.

Start Date/End Date


These fields limit the period for the trace file to be read.
Default value: date of the oldest and newest trace file on the IVM hard disk.
Click "Start" to request an IVM trace for the period set.
The size of the trace file is displayed once the trace data has been compiled. This helps the
user determine the approximate time required for data transfer.
Click "Download file" to start the transfer.
A successful transfer operation stores IVM trace data under the name previously entered.
The TRACE file can also contain CORE files, which log the last software status in the case of
an error (post mortem dump). Trace and CORE files help Research & Development analyze
the error.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
94 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Service

Via „Trace“ you can also request a Download-protocol, which shows the download of system
software elements.

4.4.6 Upgrade
This page is available only via service-login.
The adjustments for upgrading (updating) of the IVM software and language packages are
made here. Upgrades / updates can be executed manually or automatically. This page gives
also an overview about the installed software version and available new software versions.
These three segments of this page are:
– Upgrade package download
– Available upgrades
– Internet software update-service setup
Changes apply with a click on the Save button. To discard changes instead the Reset button
can be used.

4.4.6.1 Upgrade Package Upload


The Upgrade Package upload is used if upgrade packages are available on media (CD-ROM
or DVD) and not loaded via internet.
The specification of APS-, Language1-, Language2-, Language3- files is optional. The storage
directory path of available upgrade packages (e.g. DVD player) is expected here.
To upload manually select the directory path of the desired type of file, select the file and click
on the Upload button.
Packages will be uploaded into the system but not yet installed. The installation must be started
as a separate step (e.g. click on the Start Upgrade button, see next chapter).

4.4.6.2 Available Upgrades


This table informs about the release of the installed software, the software packages ready for
download provided by the software vendor and the software packages which are already down-
loaded into the system ready for installation.
The upgrade files can be software, drivers or language packages.
The availability of new upgrade packages is indicated in the login page already (see 4.1, Login).
Upgrade packages are displayed in a table.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 95
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

Description of the column:

Column Description
1 Row number
2 Upgrade package release
3 Requirements for the upgrade package
4 Duration of this package's installation
5 Availability status:
already downloaded (OK),
download currently running (Download in process) or available for down-
load (Download)
Table 4-9 Availability of upgrades

The system can be set to upgrade automatically. For that a future date and time must be en-
tered.
Caution!
If date and time are in the past an upgrade will not take place.
If the system should install an upgrade immediately after finishing download, the checkbox
'Now' must be activated.
If the system should install an upgrade which has been downloaded already, the button 'Start
Upgrade" must be clicked.
Caution!
An installation process can take much time (up to a few hours). During this upgrade process
the system will not work. There is also no access via internet browser. It is strictly recommend-
ed to start upgrade processes at time of day when there are no telephone calls.
Caution!
If there is more than one upgrade package to install, the installation must be executed sequen-
tially in the order of the package's version number.
As soon as an installation is finished, this upgrade is displayed in the table as the most recently
installed version with the highest version number and all other rows will be cleared.
Depending on the latest automatic or manual check for an available upgrade, the table may
show information which is old (week or even more). To get the latest upgrade information click
on the button named 'load upgrade informations'. The system then will get the latest information
from the vendor's update-server.
The vendor is tracing all download activities. This is used as a history, telling what package was
downloaded when. To download the log information the appropriate button must be clicked. A
ter entering the time period in the page that pops up the protocol can be displayed using 'Trace'
(see Section 4.4.5 on page 4-94).
A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
96 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Service

See Section 7, "Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades" for further important information about
'Upgrade'.

4.4.6.3 Internet-Software Update-Service Adjustments


Depending on the adjusted period the system automatically checks the availability of upgrades
once a day or once a week via internet a the vendors update-server. The vendor provides an
upgrade information via internet, which will checked by the system on request.
New available upgrades will be indicated at the login page, at this page an as spoken advice
in the super-user's telephone user interface.
If the system should check for upgrades repeatedly the checkbox 'Automatic download from
update information' must be activated. Additionally the update server's address, the user name
and password as well as the time and period must be specified.

4.4.7 Statistics
IVM statistics are shown here.
This page is accessible to superusers and service personnel.

Voice memory capacity


This displays general data on capacity usage for greetings and messages.

Occupation of channels
This page contains a table which subdivides the day into 24 segments of one hour. One section
contains time shown in minutes, during which all available IVM channels were busy for all seg-
ments, i.e., periods during which traffic levels no longer allowed for free access to the voice mail
system. The table contains entries for the past 30 days.
This information is required to estimate IVM availability and to add additional channels, if re-
quired (replace IVML8 with IVML24 or N8 with NL) to increase availability of the voice mail sys-
tem for callers.

Top 25 by message duration


Top 25 by number of current messages
Top 25 by oldest messages
These pages contain information on 25 mailboxes, that is, the mailbox number, the number of
messages available for this mailbox, how many of these have not been edited, the total record-
ing time, the date of the last user access, and the date of the newest and oldest message. The
table contents can be sorted in different ways here (by message number, by message age and
by total recording time) and can also feature different mailboxes.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 97
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

Reload
Clicking this button queries statistics once again.

Printable version
Clicking this button creates a printable overview of all statistics.

4.4.8 Prof. Greetings


You can load greetings recorded externally to the mailboxes here.

The greetings must be recorded in the following format so they can be loaded as
WAV files:
> – WAV audio, Microsoft PCM, 8 bit, mono 8000 Hz.
– ITU G.711 A-law, 8-bit, mono 8000 Hz.
Other WAV formats are not allowed and will be rejected.
The maximal size of the WAV file is 2 GB.

1st greeting
2nd greeting
3rd greeting
4th greeting
Enter the names of available WAV files here (with complete path information). Use the
"Browse" button to simplify file name entry.

Upload files
Click this button to transfer the selected WAV file(s) to IVM.
You can then select the mailboxes intended for these greetings.

Available mailboxes
All configured mailboxes [mailbox numbers and mailbox names (if available)] that have not yet
been selected for the assignment of professional greetings are displayed here.

Mailboxes for professional greetings


This field contains the mailboxes that have to be assigned professional greeting(s).
Click "Save" to finish assigning professional greetings. The WAV files are immediately convert-
ed in the background and normalized. For large files, this can take some time.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
98 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Service

4.4.9 Language selection


You can select up to three of the languages available on the IVM here and make them available
to all mailboxes system-wide.

Language 1, 2 and 3
You can select one language each here (each language can be selected multiple times).
The changes made here only take effect after you press "Save".
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.4.10 Voiceprompts
You can edit IVM voice prompts here. You can listen to the individual WAV files, replace them
with other files or restore them.
This page is available only via service-login.

"Voiceprompts list (.xls)" button


Every IVM voice prompt is assigned a number for file identification. The IVM features an MS
Excel file containing a complete list of all available languages. Click this button to download the
list and save it on the PC.

Language
You can select a language here to edit the individual associated voice prompts.
If a number of voice prompts have already been replaced for the selected language, corre-
sponding voice prompt numbers are displayed in the following table.
You can then replace or restore specific voice prompts.

Number
To select a specific voice prompt for the selected language, you must take its number from the
MS Excel file and enter it in this field.

Listen
Pressing this button plays the voice prompt on the PC as soon as the relevant voice prompt
number is entered.

Change
Enter the name of the WAV file (with complete path information) to replace the default voice
prompts. Use the "Browse" button to simplify file name entry.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 99
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

Delete
You can only select this check box for user-defined (already replaced) voice prompts to mark
the voice prompts to be restored (reset to the default default voice prompts).
The changes made here only take effect after your press "Save". All user-defined voice
prompts are then transferred to IVM and all necessary substitute operations are performed.

Only use the following WAV format for user-defined voice prompts:
> – WAV audio, Microsoft PCM, 8 bit, mono 8000 Hz.
– ITU G.711 A-law, 8-bit, mono 8000 Hz.
Other WAV formats are not allowed and will be rejected.
The maximal size of the WAV file is 2 GB.
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

4.4.11 Initialize mailboxes


You can initialize the mailboxes parameters here with default values.
This page can be accessed by superusers and service personnel.

Reset passwords
You can select the mailboxes here in order to reset their passwords to the default values. The
following mailbox parameters are modified here:
● The mailbox’s PIN code
is set to "1234".
● The mailbox’s PIN code for private greetings
is set to "5678".
● Safety lock
If the mailbox is disabled (see "Max. login attempts" in Section 4.2.1, "Basic settings"), it is
now enabled.
● The number of failed login attempts
is reset to 0.

Initialize mailboxes
You can select mailboxes here in order to reset their settings to the default values.
Accordingly:
● Voice mail messages are deleted
● Greetings are set to default voice prompts and any existing user-defined greetings are de-
leted.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
100 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB04.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Web Administration
Service

● All actions associated with the "Reset passwords" feature are performed (see above)
● The default values are reset for the following mailbox parameters:
– "Message recording"
– "Message sort order"
– "Info mailbox"
– "Automatic disconnect"
– "Greeting selection"
– "User language"
– "Fax intercept destination"
– "Pers. week plan activated"
– "Use common Special Days (year)"
– "Vanity dialing"
● The following features delete the settings or reset the default values.
– "Automatic Call Transfer"
– "Short dial targets"
– "Agent"
– "Notification"
– "Personal week plan"
– "E-mail"
– "Mobility"
For more information about the default values, refer to the parameter description.
Click "Save" to perform the relevant action.
The "Reset" button lets you undo unsaved changes.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 101
IVMSysHB04.fm

Web Administration Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Service

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
102 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)

5 Administration (general)
The time required for configuring the HiPath 3000 system with IVM depends to a great extent
upon the size and the complexity of the customer’s telephone system, as well as the desired
IVM functions. Thus, the following points should be discussed with the customer before instal-
lation:
General:
● Required languages (voice prompts)
● User interface 1 (Standard interface or a user interface similar to that of Xpressions V3.0)
● Order of message playback (FIFO or LIFO) and possibly automatic deletion of messages
after a set time
● Distribution lists
● Name selection
Fax intercept destination:
● System-wide fax destination
● Mailbox-specific fax destinations
Mailboxes:
● Extension number assignments for mailboxes with names
● Mailbox classes, mailbox privileges (COS),
(information, group, AutoAttendant and normal mailboxes)
● Greeting control (manual, day / night operation, type of call, calendar)
● Users of group mailboxes
● AutoAttendant mailboxes:
– Speed dialing and intercept destinations
– Type of system-wide switching for AutoAttendant
● MOH: (HiPath 3000 V4.0 SMR 7 or higher)
– Number of channels and allocation to ITR groups
● Announcements: (HiPath 3000 V5.0 or higher)
– Number of channels

1. All references to the standard user interface are marked by "(STD)" and references to the
Xpressions V3.0 interface with "(XP)".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 103
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Version Query

Multi-customer system:
● Assignment of mailboxes to customers / hunt groups
● Distribution of resources (IVM ports and trunk groups)
The following parameters are preconfigured by the system, but can be adapted to customer
requirements:
● Language 1 = German,
Language 2 = UK English,
Language 3 = French
● Length of mailbox number (default: 3)
● Number of messages which can be saved per mailbox (default: 5 messages)
● Maximum message length (default: 2 minutes)
● Length of mailbox password (default: 4 digits)
● Announcement of the caller’s number (default: no announcement)
● Number of notification call attempts (default: 3 attempts)
● Repetition interval for notification call attempts (default: 15 minutes)
● User interface (default: standard)
● Order of message playback (default: FIFO, oldest message first)
● IVM-wide switching procedure (default: blind transfer)
Administration via HiPath 3000 Manager E is described in the following sections. For clarity,
administration has been subdivided into the conventional setup (system configuration) and the
extended IVM (IVM configuration). The chapter "System configuration" in Section 5.3 does not
include a complete description; it only addresses special IVM features.

5.1 Version Query


It is advisable to query the IVM software version after power-up:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit"
● Select connection to HiPath 3000.
● Select and activate "Maintenance"
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed on the Hi-
Path system and is functional, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance" and click the "Read data" button.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
104 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
Language selection

The following system data now appears on the left-hand side of the window:

Hardware version: Hardware version from flash memory


Software version: Software version installed on the hardware
Language 1: Version of the first voice prompt set
Language 2: Version of the second voice prompt set
Language 3: Version of the third voice prompt set
MAC ID: MAC ID for module
Channels rel.: Number of usable channels
Activated features: Display of usable features
Mailboxes: Number of mailboxes in usage and available
mailboxes
Hard disk utilization: Percentage of occupied memory
Table 5-1 IVM System Data
The IVM V1.0 software must be upgraded to V2.5 before the new V2.5 features and parameters
can be accessed.

5.2 Language selection


Several languages are installed in the IVM (IVMP4/P4R: only 3 languages). The mailboxes can
function with up to three languages chosen from this pool.
The mailbox languages are changed as follows:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000.
● Select and activate "Maintenance"
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed on the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance" and click the "Read data" button.
● Activate the button "Language selection"
A new dialog appears. The available languages are displayed on the left. Drag and drop
the desired languages to the right area.
● Select the languages
● Activate the button "Set active languages"
A message box will appear confirming data transfer.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 105
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

5.3 System Configuration


Due to the fact that the IVM takes data from the CDS of the system, the system is set up first
and then the IVM. Refer to the HiPath 3000 service manual regarding system configuration, as
required. Only subject matter with relevance to the IVM is included below.

The user name AMHOST in the dialog box "Transfer" - "Security" - "User adminis-
> tration" may not be deleted.

Important: Using the IVM in HiPath 33x0 and 35x0 with Entry Voicemail (EVM)
> When using a new redesign controller (version 5.0 or higher), the EVM installed by
default should be removed from the CDB. (see Section 3.2 on page 3-35).

5.3.1 USBS Parameters


To assure high speed data exchange with the IVM module and short transmission times, the X
and Y parameters should be checked and set to at least the following values: X = 200, Y = 200
(default). These two parameters determine data throughput for USBS flow control. They can
be adjusted in the "Line / network" dialog box under "ISDN parameters" in the "USBS group"
using the increase and decrease buttons.

The USBS call number parameters (internal call number, DID call number) must be
> available. Without these numbers, the IVM will not function and will also not power-
up after a restart.

5.3.2 Service ID Numbers


If the call number plan in the dialog box "System parameters" - "Service codes" has been de-
leted for some reason, substitute reference numbers for "*" and "#" must be entered.

Without substitute ID numbers for "*" and "#", the IVM will not fully function, because
> no MWI signals can be sent without the reference numbers.

5.3.3 Users
Users, who receive a mailbox, should be set up by name and phone number in the dialog box
"Set up station" - "Users". This applies to virtual users as well (user extension number without
telephone).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
106 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

The IVM perceives users with names as existent and displays them in various selection lists.
For the first configuration, the IVM can take over user names as mailbox names. However, the
mailbox names can be changed at any time independent of user names.
The internal extension number is decisive for the assignment to a mailbox. However, it is ad-
visable to always use identical internal and direct-dial extension numbers.

Mailbox names only contain alpha-numeric characters. MULAP phone numbers


> may need to be adjusted accordingly.

For optiPoint extension phones, the automatic DTMF tone dialing must be activated
> in the dialog box "System parameters" - "Flags". Otherwise control of the IVM, which
requires DTMF tones, will not be possible.

5.3.4 IVM Port


The ports of the IVM module require phone numbers which are usually provided by default.
When installing the IVM module in an existing telephone system, these may need to be set up
(e.g., if the call number plan has been deleted) in the dialog box "Setup station" - "station.
In the sub-dialog "Parameters" under "Flags" activate the attribute "Call waiting rejection on".
This causes the IVM to signalize an immediate "knocking" tone when transferring a call to a
busy extension, allowing for prioritizing of calls.
IVM ports are recorded by default in the sub-dialog "Parameters" under type "Phone Mail (Call
no. 5 digits)". This setting may not be changed.
.

Check before setting up the IVM ports if ports of the type PhoneMail have already
> been set up. If so, these must be deleted! Important: Select the sorting order "Logi-
cal".

5.3.5 Privileges for IVM Ports


The voice mail ports are S0 users who accept, initiate and forward calls (via call-back, outgoing
external and internal dialing and hang-up), depending on the functionality used. The applicable
privileges must therefore be configured accordingly (dialing privileges, ITR groups, system fea-
ture "transit", etc.). This is generally ensured by the default configuration.
If call transfer to external destinations is prevented, e.g., for the functions "message call," "sub-
stitute (referral extension) call," or "AutoAttendant speed dialing destinations," the IVM ports
should be assigned to groups with the appropriate dialing privileges and ITR groups; and ac-
cess to the system speed dialing destinations should be regulated in the menu "Classes of
service".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 107
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

The prevention of undesired calls which generate charges is accomplished with


> mechanisms of the HiPath 3000 system. These mechanisms are valid for the whole
system and limit the range of functions of IVM.

5.3.6 IVM Hunt Group


Assignment of IVM ports/users to a hunt group is absolutely essential because call switching
and call forwarding are executed via the hunt group phone number. This is done in the dialog
box "Incoming calls" - "Incoming calls/Groups/Hunt groups".

The hunt group type must be "cyclic".


> In contrast to the "linear" configuration, the probability of collision between an incom-
ing call and a possible return call on the IVM port is considerably reduced.
All IVM ports / users used for voice mail should always be assigned to a hunt group.

With an IVML24 and HiPath 3000 V4.0 SMR 7 or lower, only 20 ports can be as-
> signed to one hunt group. The remaining four must be assigned to another hunt
group. These 4 IVM ports are reserved. An overflow or call forwarding from one hunt
group to the other is not possible.
As of HiPath 3000 Version 4.0 SMR 7 all 24 ports on an IVM L24 can be assigned
to the first hunt group.
However, each IVM port/user may only be assigned to a single hunt group, i.e., the assignment
of the port’s extension number to a hunt group must be unambiguous.

5.3.7 Call Management


A separate call destination list must be set up for the IVM ports in the dialog box "Incoming
calls" - "Call destination lists". The IVM hunt group number should be the first and only target
destination in this list. For IVM ports with voicemail functionality, this call destination list should
be entered in the dialog box "Incoming calls" - "Assignment int./ext. calls" in the columns "Day",
"Night" and "Internal".

The first destination for IVM port call destination lists must be the IVM hunt group.
> Other destinations are not possible.

Call management must be set up correspondingly for users with a mailbox (call forwarding to
the IVM hunt group). This is the call forwarding destination in the event of no answer or busy.
In this case, the IVM hunt group is usually entered as the second destination in the call desti-
nation list.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
108 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

If need be, the user has to activate call forwarding on his or her telephone.
The “Different day and night phone mail announcement" feature, which can be activated via the
HiPath 3000 Manager E with the "Flags" item under "System parameters", also functions for
the IVM.

5.3.8 Message Waiting Options


Acoustic signaling and displays on optiPoint telephones can be configured system-wide re-
garding "Message waiting indication" (MWI).
● Suppress the "Message waiting" display on optiPoint phones in the
Dialog box: "System parameters" under "Display"
● Group "Switch" - checkbox: "Status display for info message"
Deactivation suppresses this display. Default setting: display not suppressed.
Acoustic settings can be adjusted separately for optiPoint and non-optiPoint equipment:
● Announcement "You have a message" as special dial tone (with HiPath 37x0 systems only)
● Special dial tone
● Normal dial tone
● Dialog box: "System parameters" under "PlusProduct flags / touch-tone"
● "Acoustic message indication" group
Selection is accomplished with the help of radio buttons. The default setting for optiPoint
phones is "Special dial tone". For all other non-optiPoint equipment, the default setting de-
pends on the system, i.e., "Announcement" for the HiPath 37x0 and "Special dial tone"
for all other systems.

5.3.9 Centralized Voice Mail / Networked Systems


Centralized voice mail is possible either with closed or open numbering. However, the routing
(LCR) must be set up so that the call number plan within the entire network is unambiguous.
With an open call number plan (i.e., unknown node numbers are addressed by the node call
numbers; different nodes can contain the same numbers; in each node, the corresponding
node call number may be dialed), the IVM mailboxes including the node call numbers must be
set up. For example, the phone number 100 in node 5 is assigned the mailbox number 5100.
Activate the checkbox "Voice mail node number" in the dialog box "System Parameters" -
"Flags" on the telephone system with the IVM.
The call management of the connected telephone systems (call forwarding of users to voice-
mail) must refer to the IVM hunt group in the "main" telephone system. The IVM hunt group
must be entered as the external destination in the user call destination lists.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 109
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

Note: double click to enter external destination numbers.


>
In order for users in connected telephone systems to be able to query their messages, a virtual
user of the type "PhoneMail" must be set up in each of these telephone systems. Call forward-
ing to the IVM hunt group must be activated (activation by associated dialing).

In the case of a network with central administration (HiPath 5000), the TFTP gate-
7 way to the IVM must be made accessible, the IVM must be assigned an IP address
and the IVM must be connected to the LAN. See Section 5.3.26.

5.3.10 Multi-Customer Systems (Tenant Service)


In multi-customer systems, several customers share a telephone system / IVM, whereas each
customer can only access his or her own resources. In the case of the IVM, this means that the
IVM ports are divided among several hunt groups, to which the mailboxes are assigned. Each
hunt group represents one customer.
Each IVM port may only be assigned to a maximum of one hunt group.
The configuration of a multi-customer system for the IVM is independent of the set-up of a
multi-customer system in the telephone system, which is limited (no independent call number
plan, only a central intercept destination, etc.).
The following configuration work is necessary in the system for the IVM ports:
1. The IVM ports are distributed among the customers and entered as a cyclic hunt group for
each customer (see Section 5.3.6, "IVM Hunt Group").
2. A call destination list for each customer’s IVM port is made, in which the customer’s hunt
group is in the first position (see Section 5.3.7, "Call Management").
3. One to three call destination lists should be configured for each customer’s users for dis-
tinction between "day / night / internal" calls. In these lists, the IVM hunt group for the cus-
tomer is usually entered in the second position (see Section 5.3.7, "Call Management").

Querying of messages after a Message Waiting Indication (MWI) according to cus-


> tomer ports is not supported by the system. When a user queries messages, the first
available port of the IVM or the first port of the type "PhoneMail" is accessed.
Optionally, different directional ID numbers, if present in the system, can be set up, and the con-
nection possibilities can be limited according to authorization and ITR groups.
Should the feature "message call" and "substitute (referral extension) call" or general switching
use external destination numbers, it should be ensured that the functionality is not limited by
authorization and ITR groups (see also Section 5.3.5, "Privileges for IVM Ports").

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
110 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

5.3.11 Setting Up IVM-MOH


Assign the IVM-MOH ports to the relevant ITR group under "External equipment" - "External
MOH" (see Section 5.5, "Music On Hold").

Note: Calls that cannot be assigned to an ITR group (UCD calls, for example) are
> always connected to the MOH of the first ITR group.

5.3.12 Setting Up IVM Announcement Ports


The IVM announcement ports must be set up as HiPath 3000 announcements under "External
equipment" - "Announcements". The announcement type can be parameterized here as a one-
off announcement (Type of ann. = Announcement) or as a permanent announcement (Type of
ann. = Music On Hold) (see Section 5.6, "IVM as Announcement Device for HiPath 3000").

The corresponding licenses must be installed.


>
5.3.13 Setting Up IVM Mobility
This feature is licensed. One license releases four IVM ports for Mobility.
With the exception of function calls (see Section 4.2.8, "Mobility function codes"), all connec-
tions that are set up using this feature require licenses:
● Calls from alternative destinations (two Mobility licenses).
● Access to the Mobility main menu (one Mobility license).
The Mobility license is released once more if the user switches to the message block. An-
other Mobility license is needed to switch back to the Mobility main menu.
● Connections set up via the Mobility main menu (one license for each new connection).
When all Mobility licenses have been used up, the Mobility box owner hears an announcement,
stating that there are no more free Mobility licenses available.
The Mobility feature is only available if a Mobility license is free for calling one of the alternative
destinations. That is, the caller reaches the traditional mailbox.
Mobility boxes can be configured via the TUI or Web (see Section 4.3.10, "Mobility").
A virtual user must be configured for Mobility function numbers (see Section 4.2.8 on page
4-54).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 111
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

5.3.14 IVM Configuration


Configuration is done in the same way one would set up a CDS, i.e., after parameters have
been entered or changed in the individual dialog boxes under "Settings", they are transmitted
to the system along with the CDS.
In the sections that follow, it will be assumed that the procedure for CDS transmission is known
and will no longer be mentioned.

If a mailbox currently being used is accessed during IVM configuration, a message


7 is played back to the user, who is then disconnected from his or her mailbox.

If the IVM configuration is started while a user is accessing his mailbox (TUI), it is
7 possible that new settings may not be applied or the IVM might unexpectedly "hang
up".

5.3.15 General Parameters


"General" parameters are system-wide settings applying to the IVM:
● Maximum mailbox phone number length:
This setting defines the maximum length of mailbox phone numbers.
Setting range: 1 to 8 digits. The default setting is 3 digits.
● Max. message length (sec):
The maximum time made available to the caller for recording his or her message.
Setting range: 1 to 1200 seconds. The default setting is 120 seconds.

Selecting a high value results in excessive use of overall recording capacity.


>
● Min. message length (sec):
This is the minimum connection time, after which a message is recorded.
Setting range: 1 to 10 seconds. The default setting is 1 second.
● Number of messages which can be saved per mailbox:
This is the number of messages a user can save.
Setting range: 1 to 255 messages. The default value is 5 messages.

Selecting a high value results in excessive use of overall recording capacity.


>

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
112 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

● Mailbox password length:


This parameter specifies how many characters the user must enter as a password.
Setting range: 3 to 8 characters. The default value is 4 characters. This does not apply to
super users whose password comprises 8 digits.
Default mailbox password: 1 2 3 4
● Time until a help message is played (seconds)
Specifies the duration until the help announcement is played back, if the user has opened
his or her mailbox but has made no further key activations. Time until help announcement"
is also used when logging onto the mailbox, selecting a name and editing messages.
Setting range: 1 to 5 seconds. The default setting is 3 seconds.
● Time until AutoAttendant announcement
Time after which the announcement of an AutoAttendant mailbox is repeated.
Setting range: 1 to 5 seconds. The default setting is 3 seconds.
● Help announce. repeats:
The help announcement is repeated as often as specified by this setting.
Setting range: 0 to 5 repetitions. The default value is 3 attempts.
● AutoAttendant announce. repeats
The greeting in an AutoAttendant mailbox is repeated as often as defined.
Setting range: 0 - 5 repeats. The default value is 3 repeats.
● Number of message call attempts (user outcall):
If the user has set up a message call, the IVM attempts to establish a connection to the
entered phone number, and repeats this attempt as often as specified by this setting, or
until the user has listened to the message.
Setting range: 1 to 255 attempts. The default value is 3 attempts.
● Repetition interval for message call attempts (in minutes):
This is the time interval between attempts to place the message call. It is issued until the
outcall has been acknowledged. The IVM repeats its attempt to place the notification call
until the user answers, or until the maximum number of attempts has been executed.
Setting range: 1 to 60 minutes. The default value is 15 minutes.
● General fax intercept destination:
Incoming fax calls (FAX group 3) to a mailbox are forwarded to a system-wide internal fax
destination number, unless a mailbox-specific fax destination number has been config-
ured.
There is no default value for general fax destinations.
● Order of messages:
The order that messages are queried can be selected. Either the oldest message is played
first (first in first out - FIFO) so that the newest message is played last, or the other way

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 113
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

around, (last in first out - LIFO), the newest message is played first and the oldest played
last.
Default: FIFO.
Experience shows that the "LIFO" setting results in mailboxes that slowly fill up with
7 old undeleted messages.

● Automatic deletion of messages after a set time:


Old messages can be automatically erased after a set time. Messages which have been
saved are never deleted automatically.
Setting range: 1 to 90 days. (Default: 90 days).

The deletion of messages occurs with the date change. A message which is
> sent at 23:45 in the night is one day old 15 minutes later.
This means that deleting messages after one day is not recommended.

If no automatic deletion has been configured, users are responsible for their own
> mailboxes.
This can lead to reaching maximum recording capacity if messages are not reg-
ularly deleted.
● Switching of calls
The switching type can be set system-wide for IVM for call switching via IVM, for instance,
in an AutoAttendant or substitute (referral extension) call.
"Blind Transfer" is switching which is not monitored. The call is transferred as quickly as
possible (transfer before a user can answer the call). It is not possible to transfer to a busy
extension number with signaling of a second incoming call. If a mailbox is available, the
call will be transferred directly to it or the call will return to the mailbox transferring the call.
"Wait for Ring" is partially monitored switching. The call is transferred as soon as the tar-
get extension number is called (transfer before a user can answer the call). If the extension
line is busy and a second call cannot be signaled, "Wait for Ring" can, in contrast to "Blind
Transfer", transfer the call again after a set amount of time (30 s), or, in the case of an Au-
toAttendant mailbox, select another destination extension number.
"Wait for Answer" is completely monitored switching. The call is only transferred when
the user at the extension number accepts the call (transfer after call answering). The op-
tions if the extension line is busy or for an unsuccessful call transfer are the same as in
"wait for ring". The time the caller waits on hold for call transfer can be configured between
10 and 60 seconds (default: 20 seconds).
The default setting is "blind transfer".

Regardless of this parameter, return calls are always switched according to the
> "Wait for Answer" method, and fax calls are always switched according to the
"Blind Transfer" method.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
114 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

● Changing of user interface to the Xpressions V3.0 interface:


An alternative user interface can be selected (with different DTMF touch tone commands).
The alternative interface is adapted to the Xpressions V3.0 interface.
Default: The default setting is "standard interface".
● Name selection:
In AutoAttendant operation and when sending messages, it is possible to switch calls ac-
cording to name abbreviations instead of numbers.This feature is activated or deactivated
system-wide.
Default: activated

If a mailbox should be available over name selection, a mailbox name needs to


> be set up and the user name recorded. In addition, the mailbox needs to activate
this feature.
● Announcement of the caller’s phone number:
When the user listens to his or her mailbox messages, the caller’s telephone number is ei-
ther announced or suppressed.
Default setting: announcement is suppressed.
● Standard language:
This parameter affects the selected language when a mailbox is first configured.
Setting range: language 1 ... 3. The default setting is language 1.
● Call number length delimitation
If "call number length delimitation" is enabled, the IVM can only dial call numbers up to the
length of the mailbox call number for an outgoing call (AutoAttendant speed dialing desti-
nation, substitute (referral extension) call, message call. If longer call numbers have been
configured, connection setup stops.

The parameter is not activated by default.


The "General" parameters are set in such a way that they usually need not be changed. Pro-
ceed as follows, if required:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Additional settings" button.
● Select "General".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 115
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

5.3.16 Setting Up Mailboxes


For the most part, mailboxes are set up with the help of a table:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
The parameters for each individual mailbox are administered here. A mailbox is deemed exis-
tent as soon as a mailbox extension number has been entered.
There are 17 mailbox classes (COS - class of service) which define the mailbox functions. The
available features are assigned to the 17 mailbox classes (in accordance with the COS table)
as follows:

Mailbox Classes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Record/Play back mes- X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X -
sages
Save messages - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X -
Record and send mes- - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X -
sages
Message forwarding - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X -
Call back caller - - X X X X X X X X - - X X X X -
Number of possible 1 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
greetings
Greeting control - - - - - X - X X X X X X X X X -
Information mailbox X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Private message - - X X X X - - - X X X X - - - -
Record user name - X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X -
Notification call - - X X X X - - X X - - X - X X -
Substitute (referral ex- - - - X X X - - - X - - X X X - -
tension) function
Language selection - - - X X X X X X X X X X X X X 4
Abbreviated / speed di- - - - - X X - - - - - - - X X - -
aling / AutoAttendant
Group mailbox - - - - - - X - - - - - - - - X -
System-wide distribu- - - - - - - - - X X X X X X X X -
tion list
Distribution to all mail- - - - - - - - - - - - X X - X - -
boxes (Broadcast)
Table 5-2 COS Table

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
116 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

Mailbox Classes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Fax intercept destina- - - - - X X X X X X X X X X X X -
tion
AA Ext. Short Dial Des- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
tination
"AA Disable Direct Dial- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
ing"
AutoAttendant mailbox - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
E-mail notification - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Table 5-2 COS Table

Mailbox class 17 can only be allocated if the port number for the mailbox was pre-
> assigned as an announcement/MOH device.

5.3.16.1 Initial Configuration


During initial configuration (as long as no changes have been made to the table), it is possible
to allocate a mailbox with default values (extension number and name from the system, default
COS is 4) to users of the HiPath system, both active or with an assigned name:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Accept user mailbox data" button.
This button is renamed after this action has been completed, if other changes are made or after
a CDS has been loaded containing IVM data.
Whether it makes more sense to transfer CDS data in this way and to delete unwanted entries,
or to make all required entries manually, must be decided on a case-by-case basis.

5.3.16.2 Mailbox Parameters


The following parameters are available in the dialog box "Auxiliary equipment" - "Integrated
Voice Mail (IVM)":
● Mailbox extension number:
The mailbox extension number identifies the mailbox and is determined from "redirecting
info" for switched calls and from the "calling party number" for direct calls. Existing or virtual
user extension numbers, or user numbers from networked systems, can be used as mail-
box extension numbers. The extension number can be taken from the CDS for initial con-

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 117
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

figuration (see Section 5.3.16.1); it will then be independent of the extension number in the
CDS. When changing an extension number, this could necessitate adjustments in two
places.
● Name:
This name can be taken from the CDS for initial configuration; it will then be independent
of the name in the CDS. Any other name can be used here as well. Personnel changes
could necessitate changing the name in two places.

Mailbox names may contain the following characters:


> "A" to "Z"
"a" to "z"
"0" to "9"
as well as the comma, period and empty space.
For use of name selection, the first three characters of the mailbox name are
used for identification. In this case, only the characters A-Z and a-z are admis-
sible.

A mobility-number can only be comprised of digits; "*" and "#" are not admissi-
> ble.

● COS:
The class of service determines the basic functions available for a mailbox. See also Sec-
tion 5.3.16, "Setting Up Mailboxes".
Setting range: COS 1 to COS 17. The default value is COS 4.
● Param:
After double-clicking this field, additional mailbox-specific parameters appear.
For reasons of clarity, this is discussed in sections "Sub-dialog Mailbox Parameters" and
"Sub-dialog COS:").
● Name selection:
In addition to the system-wide configuration, it is possible here to configure which numbers
should be available by name selection. It does not matter if the name selection is deacti-
vated system-wide for this mailbox-specific parameter.
Default: Extension numbers are available via name selection.

Sub-dialog Mailbox Parameters


The following parameters can be configured in the "Mailbox parameters" dialog box, depending
on the mailbox’s COS designation:

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
118 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

● Information mailbox:
Only COS 1 mailboxes can be set up as information mailboxes. Information mailboxes al-
low the caller to navigate within the mailbox greeting with the touch-tone keys at his or her
telephone (5 seconds fast forward, 5 seconds rewind, pause, and repeat greeting). As ap-
posed to all other mailbox types, this type cannot act as a "switch" between networks.
● Automatic disconnect after announcement:
It is possible to set a one-time announcement of the greeting for information mailboxes.
The call is disconnected afterwards.
● Language:
Either language 1, language 2 or language 3 can be selected for all COS 4 through COS
17 mailboxes. COS 1 through COS 3 mailboxes use the set standard language.
The default setting is language 1.
● Greeting control:
All authorized mailboxes (COS bit greeting control) with more than one greeting permit
greeting control selection. Via the HiPath 3000 Manager, the greeting control can be se-
lected for all mailboxes at any time. Selection of greeting control via the user interface of
Xpressions Compact is only possible if the corresponding COS bit (greeting control) has
been configured for this mailbox.
The following greeting control choices are possible for mailboxes with 3 greetings:
– Manual:
One of the 3 greetings is selected manually. With the corresponding authorization, the
user can change the active greeting via the TUI.
– Type of call:
The greeting is selected on the basis of the type of call. IVM distinguishes automati-
cally between internal and external calls. The first greeting is played for internal calls,
the second greeting is played for external calls. The third greeting is not used.
The following greeting control choices are possible for mailboxes with 4 greetings:
– Manual:
One of the 4 greetings is selected manually. With the corresponding authorization, the
user can change the active greeting via the TUI.
– Type of call:
The greeting is selected based on the type of call. IVM distinguishes automatically be-
tween internal and external calls and when the line is free or busy.

The following greetings will be played:


– Internal call, line is free --> 1st greeting
– Internal call, line is busy --> 2nd greeting

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 119
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

– External call, line is free --> 3rd greeting


– External call, line is busy --> 4th greeting
– Day / Night:
The greeting which is played is selected automatically depending on the day/night sta-
tus of the HiPath 3000. During the day, the first greeting is played. During the night,
the second greeting is played. The third and fourth greetings are not used.
– Calendar selection:
The greeting which is played is selected automatically according to the IVM calendar.
The following greetings are played:
– During work hours --> 1st greeting
– During the night --> 2nd greeting
– During lunchtime --> 3rd greeting
– Special time (e.g. holidays) --> 4th greeting
● Fax intercept destination:
A mailbox-specific fax intercept destination can be configured here which will be evaluated
before the general fax intercept destination.
There is no default setting.
The rest of the parameters in the sub-dialog "Mailbox parameter" refer to configuration of multi-
customer systems (see also Chapter 4.4.11 Multi Customer Systems (Tenant Service)):
● ID numbers for hunt groups:
This parameter defines which customer the mailbox belongs to. It controls which ports the
IVM uses to make an internal or external call.
The following greetings are played.
There is no default setting.
● Seizure code:
The directional ID numbers determine which lines are used for external outgoing calls by
the IVM. This is absolutely necessary for the correct billing of the customers.
Only previously configured seizure codes are available here.
There is no default setting.
● Operator:
This parameter controls the destination number for callers who dial 0 in a "Non-AutoAtten-
dant" mailbox in which no substitute (referral extension) number has been activated. This
is evaluated before the Attendant code - call number internal, which is usually the destina-
tion in this case.
There is no default setting.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
120 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

Special characteristic of the AutoAttendant mailbox:


There is no connection to the operator when a speed dial number 0 or an intercept destination
day / night (IVM parameter) is configured. The speed dial number 0 is evaluated before the in-
tercept destination day / night.
Special characteristic of the "non-AutoAttendant" mailbox:
There is no connection to the operator when the substitute (referral extension) function of the
mailbox is activated. In this case, calls are transferred to the substitute (referral extension)
number.

Sub-dialog COS:
In the sub-dialog "COS", the features of a COS can be viewed per mailbox and changed. In-
consistent combinations are indicated with error messages.
If there is a combination which does not correspond to one of the COS 1 to 17, this is offered
as an additional type of mailbox with an index in the COS selection (Mailbox parameter) and
therefore can be easily used for other mailboxes.
Two hundred and fifty-four of these "indexed" COS types are possible; further combinations will
be characterized as "user-defined".

5.3.16.3 Setting Up Mailboxes Using Templates


Setting up the IVM can be simplified significantly by copying the configuration of one mailbox
to other mailboxes. For this, one mailbox is completely configured as described in Section
5.3.16.2, "Mailbox Parameters".
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Double-click the "Param" field.
– The "Parameters” dialog box appears.
● Click the "Use template settings" button.
● Return to the "IVM" dialog box by clicking OK.
● Select the mailboxes to which the parameter settings are to be copied.
● Click the "Accept template settings" button.
Settings are copied from "COS" and "Param" to the selected mailboxes. The settings for "Mail-
box extension" and "Name" remain unchanged.

It is advisable to create a template for each mailbox class because allowable


> "Param" settings depend on the COS designation.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 121
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

5.3.16.4 Checking Entries


The individual entries are checked for consistency. The primary objective is to discover any
possible extension number conflicts.
Checking is performed as follows:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Check" button.
If errors have occurred, a new window appears with notes concerning troubleshooting.
Testing is also conducted automatically when the dialog box is exited by clicking the "OK" but-
ton, as well as when the "Accept" button is activated. The dialog box cannot be exited until all
inconsistent data has been corrected.

5.3.16.5 Renaming Mailboxes (changing extension numbers)


Mailboxes are renamed by simply overwriting the old mailbox extension number with a new one
after selecting "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "Integrated Voice Mail (IVM)". Existing mes-
sages and greetings remain intact, although they can be deleted, if desired, with the "Initialize
mailbox" function under "Maintenance".

5.3.16.6 Deleting Mailboxes


Mailboxes are deleted by deleting the corresponding mailbox extension number after selecting
"Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "Integrated Voice Mail (IVM)". After acknowledgement (with
“OK" or “Accept"), a warning appears indicating that all mailbox settings and messages will be
lost.
There is only one warning for all mailboxes if more than one mailbox has been deleted, it is not
possible to confirm or cancel for each mailbox.

5.3.17 AutoAttendant Mailboxes


The COS AutoAttendant mailboxes are distinguished by the fact that switching and interlinking
to other mailboxes or to users (using direct station selection) is made possible with the speed
dialing function (speed dialing numbers 0 through 9). In this way, for example, a menu can be
used to select an announcement language. Additionally, 1 or 2 intercept destinations can be
defined. All mailbox types, except the information mailbox, are able to make connections be-
tween networks using IVM software version HE200V.03.201 E35 and up (direct dialing to us-
ers).

When the COS bit "AA Disable Direct Dialing" is set, suffix dialing of internal stations
> is prevented, speeding up call switching to the selected speed dialing destination.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
122 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

Setting the "Agile support" COS bit causes switching to be performed with different
> timing (except fax tone recognition).
This COS bit should only be set if the AutoAttendant mailbox is being used in an Ag-
ile environment. In a standard environment, setting this COS bit can lead to a loss
of AutoAttendant functionality.
Call switching in AutoAttendant operation can be realized in the following ways:
● Blind Transfer
● Wait for Ring
● Wait for Answer
See Section 5.3.15, "General Parameters".

5.3.17.1 Interlinking Mailboxes


The caller must always first dial into an AutoAttendant mailbox that allows him or her to switch
to another mailbox via speed dialing (speed dialing numbers 0 through 9). This mailbox may
also be an AutoAttendant mailbox, allowing for the realization of multi-level applications. Des-
tinations other than AutoAttendant mailboxes always represent end-points within the inter-
linked system.
Configuration is executed as follows:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Additional settings" button.
● Select "Automatic attendant".
All AutoAttendant mailboxes are displayed under "Mailbox extension number / name", all
known users appear under "Users" and all known mailboxes are listed under "Installed
mailboxes".
● a) Speed dialing destinations can be selected from the "Users" and "Installed mailboxes"
lists via drag & drop. The destination type is automatically set to "Call number", "Mailbox",
or "CO (ext.
or
● b) Speed dialing numbers can be entered directly. In this case, the type of destination
should be set to either "Mailbox", "Call number" or "CO (ext.)". "Call number" can be either
an internal or external number, "CO (ext.)" will activate an outside line before dialing the
entered number.
● Speed dialing destinations can be deleted from an AutoAttendant mailbox by dragging
them to the trash can icon and dropping them.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 123
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

If the extension number of a further AutoAttendant mailbox has been entered as a


> speed dialing destination, the second mailbox can be accessed directly by double-
clicking the appropriate field.
It is not possible to exit the dialog box before all entries have been completed (for example, if
an extension number has been entered manually without assigning a type).

5.3.17.2 Automatic Information Services


Automatic information services can be set up by interlinking AutoAttendant mailboxes, with in-
formation mailboxes as end-points. Setup is performed as described in Section 5.3.17.1. As a
special feature, a speed dialing number from the AutoAttendant mailbox can direct the caller to
an information mailbox, which allows for longer announcements, as well as browsing within the
announcement.

5.3.17.3 Handling Intercept/System Mailbox


To prevent loss of calls which haven been, for example, intercepted to the IVM for which no
mailbox exists, a "system" mailbox can be configured.
To do this, set up a mailbox (preferably AutoAttendant) for the hunt group of the IVM ports /
extensions. In the case that a call is transferred to a destination with no mailbox, the IVM will
search for this special mailbox and, if found, will process the call there.
If the IVM ports are distributed among several hunt groups, several system mailboxes are pos-
sible.
In the case that no action is taken in an AutoAttendant mailbox where no active substitute (re-
ferral extension) number, operator number or AutoAttendant intercept destination has been set
up, calls are switched to the system mailbox as a last step before being disconnected.
Further functions are available if the system mailbox is set up accordingly. By deactivating the
message recording function of the system mailbox, for example, and forwarding the call via its
speed dialing / intercept destinations (see Section 5.3.17.1), the call can be sent to the central
switchboard mailbox. This has the advantage that recording and signaling takes place at the
switchboard.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
124 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

5.3.17.4 AutoAttendant Mailboxes with Separate Speed Dialing Destinations


for Each Time/Greeting
As of software version HE200V.0x.123 different speed dialing destinations that are dependent
on the IVM calendar can be assigned to an AutoAttendant mailbox depending on the time of
day and the greeting.
To do this you must set up an AutoAttendant master mailbox; and the 3 mailboxes immediately
after the logical index of the AutoAttendant master mailbox must also be of the type AutoAtten-
dant.
An AutoAttendant mailbox becomes a master mailbox if the COS bit "AA Ext. Short Dial Desti-
nation" is also set. This COS bit should not be set for the three following AutoAttendant mail-
boxes.
In the case of all four mailboxes, the greeting control must be set to "IVM calendar".
Example:
Index 11/Mailbox 200 > AutoAttendant master mailbox with the additional COS bit "AA
Ext. Short Dial Destination".
Index 12/Mailbox 211 --> normal AutoAttendant mailbox
Index 13/Mailbox 250 --> normal AutoAttendant mailbox
Index 14/Mailbox 263 --> normal AutoAttendant mailbox
In this example, the calendar dependent speed dialing destinations have been distributed as
follows:
Day Index 11/Mailbox 200
Night Index 12/Mailbox 211
Lunchtime Index 13/Mailbox 250
Special Index 14/Mailbox 263
If an AutoAttendant master mailbox is called, the IVM will play the corresponding master mail-
box greeting specified in the calendar. Depending on the calendar control, the speed dialing
destinations of the assigned mailbox are used (in our example: Day -> Speed Dialing Destina-
tions of Box 200, Night -> Speed Dialing Destinations of Box 211,etc.). Please refer to Figure
4-1 for the precise assignment.
Message recording, if required for these AutoAttendant mailboxes, is always performed in the
master mailbox. Message recording cannot be configured differently for individual calendar
states. The recorded messages are retrieved via the administration menu of the AutoAttendant
master mailbox.
The speed dialing and intercept destinations of these mailboxes can be changed via the HiPath
Manager or the AutoAttendant mailbox TUI. When modifying these destinations, the AutoAt-
tendant mailbox to which the speed dialing destinations belong must be administered.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 125
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

Figure 5-1 Mailboxes with Separate Speed Dialing Destinations

When a call is diverted to one of the assigned mailboxes (e.g. 211), it behaves just
> like a normal AutoAttendant mailbox.

The list of mailboxes arranged in ascending order by mailbox number is changed


> when restoring a backup. This erases the mailbox IDs. If you want the backup to in-
clude AutoAttendant master mailboxes, you should check if the mailboxes are still
listed in ascending order according to the mailbox ID after a restore. If necessary,
you should rearrange the order.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
126 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

5.3.18 Information Mailboxes


The special features of the information mailbox can be used to establish an announcement ser-
vice. Special features of the information mailbox are:
● Maximum greeting length of 20 minutes
● The caller is able to navigate within the greeting.
Information mailboxes can only be set up via the HiPath 3000 Manager E. They allow the caller
to navigate within the mailbox announcement with the help of the touch-tone keys at his or her
telephone (5 seconds fast forward, 5 seconds rewind, pause, and repeat greeting).
Generally, any COS 1 mailbox can be configured as an information mailbox. Virtual users are
utilized for this.
To set up an information mailbox, the "Information mailbox" checkbox must be activated under
"Parameters". It can also be configured whether or not the announcement should be repeated
or whether the call should be disconnected afterwards (checkbox: "Automatic hook on after an-
nouncement").
After the information mailbox has been set up, the greeting is recorded via the mailbox func-
tions. The recorded mailbox greeting is played back to the caller as an information announce-
ment.
The information mailbox is the only mailbox type that supports direct dialing to users.

5.3.19 Guest Mailboxes


Guest mailboxes are characterized by the fact that an actual telephone is not assigned to the
mailbox, but rather only a virtual user. TULI means that any mailbox can generally be used as
a guest mailbox. Messages can be played back on any telephone, including external phones.

5.3.20 Group Mailboxes


Group mailboxes enable a team to use the same mailbox. A group mailbox consists of a mail-
box number which can be assigned to up to 20 additional user numbers. The mailbox number
can identify a user, a virtual user, or also a group line / hunt group number.
All user numbers and the mailbox number receive an MWI signalization when a new message
has arrived.
Members of a group mailbox can also have their own mailbox. MWI signaling remains active
until all messages in both mailboxes (the user’s own and the group mailbox) have received the
status "heard" or have been deleted. To access the group mailbox, the hunt group number is
dialed and the password entered. If the group password is identical to the user’s own password,
the system will ask for entry of the mailbox number, so that the identification is unambiguous.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 127
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

If a user has a group mailbox that contains new messages, the number of new mes-
> sages is not displayed on the user’s telephone. This is only displayed if the user also
has his or own individual mailbox that contains new messages. In this case, the
number of new messages in the owner’s mailbox is displayed.

If the user has access to his or her own individual mailbox as well as a group mail-
> box, the passwords should be different for each mailbox.

Only one group member at a time can query the group mailbox, other group members attempt-
ing to query the mailbox during this time will receive a system message. All users of a group
have the same privileges.
Group mailboxes are configured as follows:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Additional settings" button.
● Select "Group mailbox"
All group mailboxes are shown under "Mailbox extension number / name" and all known
users are shown under "Users".
● Drag and drop members of the group from the list of "Users" or enter them manually as
"new" users if, for example, the call numbers are in another system. In the last case, the
new telephone number is entered by clicking on the button "new".

Only users may be set up as group members. "Hunt groups cannot be set up as
> group members because there is no MWI for hunt groups.

5.3.21 Distribution lists


With distribution lists, it is easy to send the same message to more than one person / mailbox.
There are 20 distribution lists system-wide, each with a maximum of 20 mailboxes.
When sending an internal message, one can, for example, enter a distribution list rather than
a mailbox. However, the internal message is only sent to mailboxes in which the message re-
ceiving function has been activated.
Distribution lists are configured as follows:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Additional settings" button.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
128 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

● Select "Central distribution list"


The 20 lists are found under "Lists", the present mailboxes are found in "Destinations", and
the mailboxes in the selected list are found under "Destinations in list".
● Select the desired list and add mailboxes by double clicking on "Destinations". "Mailboxes
in "Destinations in list" are deleted by moving them to the trash can.
"Destinations in list" shows the current contents of the selected distribution lists.

5.3.22 System-Wide Calendar


Authorized mailboxes can have the system-wide calendar control the selection of greetings.
For this to work in the relevant mailbox,
● The COS bit Number of greetings must be set to 4 (see Section 4.3.13, "Class Of Service
(COS)").
● The COS bit Greeting selection must be activated.
● Greeting selection must be set as the week plan (see Section 4.3.2, "Welcome").
The calendar offers a weekly and a yearly plan.
In the week plan, each day is divided into four sections:
● Working time
● Night-time
● Lunchtime
● Special time frame
The beginning and ending times of the work and lunch times can be defined for each weekday.
Times beyond these are automatically nighttimes.
If times overlap, the following priority rule regulates the selection of the greeting:
1. Special time frame
2. Lunchtime
3. Working time
4. Night-time
In the yearly plan, up to 50 days can be configured which are independent of the weekly plan.
The priorities of the times are analogous to the weekly plan.
The assignment of greetings (weekly and yearly plan) is as follows:
● First greeting for working time
● Second greeting for nighttime

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 129
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

● Third greeting for lunchtime


● Fourth greeting for special time frames
The yearly plan is set up as follows:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Additional settings" button.
● Select "Calendar"
The weekly plan and the yearly plan can be viewed
● Using the monthly calendar, you can move a date to the yearly plan by double clicking it.
Existing entries can be selected and deleted with the delete key or right mouse button.
The time to begin and end an area are tested by Manager E for consistency, however, there is
no testing of the coordination of time frames amongst themselves. For example, it is possible
for lunchtime to be outside of working hours.

5.3.23 Name selection


Vanity dialing (Name selection) can be accessed from AutoAttendant mailbox by dialing “*“ „#“
(star pound).
Vanity dialing enables callers to enter 1-5 letters (string length can be set) from the name of a
user as DTMF signals. The IVM searches for the corresponding name-beginning and informs
the caller of the result. If there is more than one match the caller can scroll through the seletion
by pressing „1“ or „3“.
The caller must dial a „*“ (star) to confirm the selection. (It is recommended that the Auto At-
tendant greeting tell the caller that a „*“ (star) should be entered if only one name plays. Other-
wise, the caller will wait until the prompt plays that instructs him to enter a „*“ (star).)
Several conditions must be met in order to use this feature:
1. Name selection must be activated generally, default setting (see Section 5.3.15, "General
Parameters").
2. The desired users/mailboxes must have a mailbox name and be enabled for name selec-
tion.
The last setting is the default one (see Section 5.3.16.2, "Mailbox Parameters").
3. A user name must have been recorded for the mailbox of the user.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
130 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
System Configuration

5.3.24 Centralized Voice Mail with Networked Systems


A centralized voice mail is defined as a voice mail in a networked system. The IVM is located
in one of these systems and can only be administrated there. This system does not know the
extension numbers of the other networked systems. The numbers can, therefore, not be taken
from the CDS for configuration purposes. This means that, when configuring the IVM, the Hi-
Path 3000 Manager E can only offer entry support (copying of extension numbers) for the spe-
cific system where the IVM is physically located. All mailboxes of connected systems must be
set up individually (affected dialogs: mailboxes AutoAttendant, central distribution lists, and
group mailbox).

If the IVM is implemented in a HiPath 5000 RSM (AllServe) environment, the func-
> tion of the super-user is not available. Furthermore, the functions greeting control,
user language, and speed dialing destinations cannot be changed.

5.3.25 Multi Customer Systems (Tenant Service)


The IVM handles the distribution of resources among customers:
● IVM ports (availability)
Incoming calls are distributed to the IVM ports according to the assignment of the hunt
groups. For outgoing calls from the "mailbox" (Message Waiting Indication, notification call,
substitute (referral extension) call) ports are used according to this assignment.
● Trunk group (cost allocation)
Customer-specific trunk groups are used for notification calls to external destination num-
bers.
● Operator
A mailbox-specific destination number can be configured for when a caller selects the op-
tion to be transferred to the "operator".
The set up occurs in the dialog box "Mailbox Parameters" (see Section 5.3.16.2, "Mailbox Pa-
rameters").

During name selection, only the list of mailbox users belonging to the customer (hunt
> group) that corresponds to the searching AutoAttendant are evaluated. If the hunt
group of the AutoAttendant is not customer-specific, then all mailbox user names are
searched.

If a seizure code for a mailbox has been set up, the call number is monitored before
> an outgoing call (notification call, substitute (referral extension) call, AutoAttendant
speed dialing number). For external calls only the configured seizure code is admis-
sible. If this is not the case, the call will not be established / disconnected.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 131
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


System Configuration

5.3.26 LAN Access


Generally, all maintenance functions are available via the LAN connection. Configuring network
parameters is necessary for this:
● IP address:
Setting range: 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. The default value is 192.168.1.2.
● Subnet mask:
Setting range: 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. The default value is 255.255.0.0.
● Gateway IP address:
Setting range: 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. The default value is 192.168.1.1.
● Host name
● Domain name
● DNS server
● Permissible LAN access
FTP default: ON. TFTP default: OFF.
It is not necessary for the Manager E / C to release the TFTP access.

FTP must always be activated for DLI.


>
It is necessary to enable the TFTP access if the IVM should be administered within
> a HiPath 5000 RSM (AllServe) environment or if the Manager E should run directly
via the IVM LAN interface (see Section 5.4, "TUI Parameters").
Setup is accomplished as follows:
● Dialog box: "Settings" - "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM"
● Click the "Additional settings" button.
● Select "network parameter".
LAN access to the IVM is established as an "IP-IVM" connection in the dialog box "Transfer".
Only maintenance is possible when this connection has been selected, whereas one has direct
access to the "IVM" dialog box. Accessing the system is not possible via this connection.
For several maintenance actions it is possible in the separate dialogs to switch later to the "IP-
IVM" connection in order to take advantage of quicker data transfer, even if the connection has
been established in the usual way (via the system.
Generally, no new login procedure is necessary for the LAN access of the Manager via FTP.
The system password enables access to the IVM as well.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
132 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
TUI Parameters

If the customer administrates the system and has a separate password under
> "Transfer" - "security" in the user group "Administration", the IVM LAN access re-
quires this password, or a password from the user group "Administration" for rea-
sons of data protection“.

5.4 TUI Parameters


With IVM V2.0 it is now possible with the Manager E / C to select and, in part, change, mailbox
parameters that can normally only be accessed via the Telephone-User-Interface (TUI).

5.4.1 Reading Out and Writing Mailbox Parameters


The following parameters of a mailbox are shown, whereas only those parameters can be
changed which are not available in the administration (via CDS):

Parameter Changeable
Mailbox password -
Mailbox call no. -
Name -
COS -
Language -
Fax intercept destination -
Greeting control -
Information mailbox (yes / no) -
Automatic disconnect for info-mailbox -
Directory entry for name selection (on / off) -
Hunt group ID number -
Seizure code -
Operator -
Private message (existent or non-existent) -
Mailbox enabled (on / off) x (only to turn on)
State of message recording (on / off) x
Selected greeting (index) x
Table 5-3 Mailbox TUI Parameters (Maintenance)

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 133
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


TUI Parameters

Parameter Changeable
Greeting [1-4] (user-defined or standard) -
see Section 5.4.2
User name (existent or non-existent) -
Status of substitute (referral extension) selec- x
tion (on / off)
Selected substitute (referral extension) number x
(index)
Substitute (referral extension) numbers [1-5] x
Status of notification call (on / off) x
Selected notification call number (index) x
Notification call numbers [1-5] x
DTMF-dialing for SMS / Pager [1-5] x
Voice2E-Mail (3 x e-mail accounts) x
Attribute whether or not the notification call is x
used for urgent messages
Weekly program for user-defined notification x
call
Table 5-3 Mailbox TUI Parameters (Maintenance)

The configuration of the parameters for DTMF dialing for notification call to SMS /
> Pager, the attribute of whether or not the notification call is only used for urgent mes-
sages, and the use of the weekly program for user-defined notification calls are only
possible via this mechanism and not via TUI.
The selection / changing of the mailbox parameters occurs via HiPath 3000 Manager E:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Click the "Read data" button
.The IVM data will be loaded. If the button "Mailbox configuration" does not appear after
the data has been read, then it is the case of an IVM Version 1.0, which does not support
this function.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
134 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
TUI Parameters

● Activate the button "Mailbox configuration".


A new dialog box "Mailbox configuration" will appear.
● Select a mailbox and click the "read" button
It does not matter which sub-dialog is open, all data are always read.
● Make changes in the sub-dialogs for general mailbox data, substitute (referral extension)
call, message call and personal calendar.
● Click the "write" button
.It does not matter which sub-dialog is open, all data are always written.

5.4.1.1 Message call


In addition to Message Waiting Indication, a notification call can be used to signalize an incom-
ing message in the mailbox.
In the standard case, the IVM calls a phone number and requests the caller to enter his or her
mailbox password. Then the message can be heard and the notification call is considered fin-
ished. If a connection is not successful or if the password is not entered, the notification call will
be repeated after a certain set time as often as is configured in the general IVM parameters
(see Section 5.3.15, "General Parameters").
Up to 5 notification call numbers can be entered per mailbox, and one of these numbers can
be activated. The notification call function can be activated per mailbox.
Starting with IVM Version 2.0, a notification call can also be sent to a DTMF-SMS / Pager ser-
vice instead of only to a telephone. A sequence of up to 64 DTMF signals or pause signals ("P"
= 0.5 sec) can be entered for the necessary suffix.

Suffix setup must be carefully monitored and should have enough pause signals.
> For analog outside lines, there are no criteria for accepting the call; here the call is
connected after 5 seconds. This can perhaps be compensated with leading pause
signals.
A notification call can be signalized for all messages or only for urgent calls.
Notification calls can also be controlled by the weekly program. This program determines the
time that notification calls will be activated for each day. If a message is left in the mailbox be-
yond this time, the notification call will not take place until the next "active" time.

5.4.1.2 Substitute (Referral Extension) Call


Calls can be forwarded to a substitute (referral extension) if the message recording function
has been deactivated, if "silence" is registered or the message is too short, or if the caller dials
a substitute (referral extension) number with DTMF signals.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 135
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


TUI Parameters

Up to 5 substitute (referral extension) numbers can be entered per mailbox; one number can
be activated at a time. The substitute (referral extension) function can be activated per mailbox.

5.4.1.3 Personal Calendar


Each AutoAttendant mailbox has a personal weekly schedule. The structure of this weekly
schedule corresponds to the system-wide weekly schedule (day, night, lunch and special time).
Once the personal mailbox weekly schedule has been activated, the system-wide weekly cal-
endar is no longer used. It is also possible to define whether or not the yearly plan of the sys-
tem-wide calendar (special days) should be activated in your personal mailbox.

5.4.1.4 E-Mail Notification


A notification e-mail is generated and sent when a voicemail message arrives in the mailbox.
Users can now retrieve the message via their e-mail inbox on the PC as well as via telephone.
The availability of messages in file format makes electronic storage very easy.
This feature is activated for the entire system in the CDS under "Auxiliary equipment" - "IVM".
Activate the feature for a particular mailbox by selecting the COS bit "E-mail notification" under
"Mailbox parameters". (Note: The COS class changes to type x).
Enter the settings for e-mail notification in Maintenance under "Mailbox configuration" - "E-Mail
notification".
● E-mail Notification" checkbox
Activate or deactivate the e-mail notification feature using this checkbox.
● E-mail address
Enter up to three e-mail addresses per mailbox here. You can specify if the message
should be attached as a WAV file for each e-mail address.
● SMTP server
Enter either the IP address or the DNS name of the SMTP server here. The default SMTP
port is 25.
● Delete voicemail
There are three options for deleting voicemail:
– Manual:
Voicemail can only be deleted manually via the TUI.
– Automatically once notified:
Voicemail is automatically deleted once a notification has been sent.
– Automatically after set time:
If this checkbox is selected, voicemail is deleted after the time defined for the entire
system in the CDS menu under "Auxiliary equipment - IVM - Advance settings - Gen-
eral - Automatically delete old messages after X days" and the sorting order is set to

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
136 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
TUI Parameters

LIFO.
Once the e-mail has been sent, the voicemail is moved to the "Old Messages" folder
and deleted according to the "Automatically delete messages after X days" rule. Only
voicemail that has already been retrieved is deleted.
SMTP authentication
Authentication is not performed if "SMTP authentication" is not selected.
If the "SMTP authentication" checkbox is selected, the user name and password must be en-
tered and the authentication method selected.
Encryption method
Here the TLS encryption method or "None" for no encryption can be selected.
E-mail is sent every 5 minutes, not directly after the message was recorded.
New messages are sent again every 5 minutes, 24 hours long, if the message could not be
delivered to the e-mail server. After this, e-mail message older than 24 hours are deleted(this
important for "Delete >> Automatically once notified<<").
Changes made to the e-mail settings have no effect on e-mail messages that are already
saved and not yet sent!
Configuration example:
Prerequisite:
– Functional network and Internet connection with DNS server
– The following access data must be available:
– SMTP server (name or IP),
– user name,
– where applicable, e-mail password (set by the provider), and
– authentication method.
In the mailbox configuration,
– e-mail notification is activated,
– voicemail deletion is specified,
– up to three delivery e-mail addresses are entered.

The relevant settings for SMTP server, SMTP authentication, user name, password,
and the authentication method should be made here in accordance with provider spec-
ifications.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 137
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


TUI Parameters

5.4.2 Professional Greetings


Via HiPath Manager E/C externally recorded greetings can be saved in the mailboxes. This is
valid for all mailbox types.

The greetings must be available as WAV files in the format


> „WAV audio Microsoft PCM, 8 kHz, 8-bit, mono“ or
„ITU G.711 A-law, 8 kHz, 8-bit, mono“.
Other WAV formats are not allowed and will be rejected.
The maximal size of the WAV file is 2 GB.
The HiPath Manager E / C converts the format to the one used by IVM. Recordings which are
not loud enough are rejected.
The conversion can take a while, depending on size and type of the wave-file.
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000.
● Select and activate "Maintenance
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Activate the "Execute file operations" button
A new dialog box will open.
● Activate the radio button "greetings" in the field "greetings"
After a moment, the IVM will show which mailboxes have been set up.
● Selection of a mailbox and implicit initiation of the data transfer
A backup is made of the selected mailbox, without the messages. Right after that, four
greetings are shown, regardless of the number of greeting actually available in the mailbox.
Long greeting names (date, time) identify an individual greeting, short names identify stan-
dard IVM greetings.
● One WAV file can be saved for each of the 4 greetings via the button "...". The button
"Clear" deletes the entry.
● The button "PC-> IVM Delta" transfers the changed greetings back to the IVM.

Resetting the standard greeting is only possible in the IVM Version 2.0. In Version
> 1.0, greetings can only be overwritten.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
138 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
Music On Hold

5.5 Music On Hold


IVM can be used as a HiPath 3000 music-on-hold device in HiPath 3000 Version 4.0 SMR 7 or
higher.

Music on hold can only be used locally.


> Irrespective of this, the remaining IVM port can be used for voicemail across the net-
work.
Up to six ports in the IVM can be permanently configured as MOH channels (music-on-hold).
The greetings for the mailboxes of the corresponding announcement ports are played back as
announcements when the ports are seized.
If a greeting is not recorded, i.e. if only default greetings are available, default music-on-hold is
played.
If only the first greeting is available, this will be repeated ad infinitum. If there are several greet-
ings (two/three), they will be played in sequence. Once the third greeting has been played, the
cycle begins again. An existing fourth greeting can be used as an information announcement
and is always saved between the first three announcements. If only the fourth greeting is avail-
able, it is saved after the default music-on-hold.
Greetings can be recorded via the TUI or professionally-recorded greetings can be uploaded
for use (see Section 5.4.2, "Professional Greetings").
The greetings are administered via HiPath 3000 Manager E.
The MOH is set up as explained previously under "Auxiliary equipment - External equipment",
i.e., a separate MOH source can be specified for each ITR group. At this point, it is possible to
input an IVM call number as an MOH source.

If a call from an internal IP phone is put on hold, only the MOH of ITR 1 is played.
>
The MOH mailboxes must also be set up on the IVM. The mailbox call number corresponds to
the call number of the IVM port specified as the MOH source. The COS of this type of MOH
mailbox must be set to COS class 17 and cannot be modified. You do not need to enter any
other parameters.
The call number of an IVM port that is used as MOH cannot be used again in a hunt group for
voicemail.
Although it is possible to access an MOH mailbox via the TUI (only by switching mailboxes
"* # Mailbox Number", the only option available is the recording of "greetings".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 139
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Music On Hold

Super users cannot set up or administer MOH mailboxes.


>
5.5.1 MOH Upload Sequence
The sequence for playing back the MOH will depend on the greeting announcements already
available in the MOH mailbox.

Figure 5-2 MOH playback sequence - 1st greeting available

Figure 5-3 MOH playback sequence- 1st and 2nd greetings available

Figure 5-4 MOH playback sequence - 1st, 2nd and 3rd greetings available

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
140 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB05.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Administration (general)
IVM as Announcement Device for HiPath 3000

Figure 5-5 MOH playback sequence - 1st, 2nd and 4th greetings available

Figure 5-6 MOH playback sequence - 4 greetings available

5.6 IVM as Announcement Device for HiPath 3000


In HiPath 3000 Version 5.0 or later, the IVM can be used as an announcement device.

Announcements can only be used for local applications (that is, UCD must be con-
> figured in the HiPath 3000 system in which the IVM is used).
Irrespective of this, the remaining IVM port can be used for voicemail across the net-
work.
Up to 16 ports on IVM (depending on the announcement devices available on the HiPath 3800,
3700, and 35x0/33x0) can be used on a permanent basis as an announcement channel.
The active greeting for the mailboxes corresponding to the announcement ports (announce-
ment mailbox) is loaded as an announcement when the port is assigned.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 141
IVMSysHB05.fm

Administration (general) Nur für den internen Gebrauch


IVM as Call Live Recording System

There are two types of announcement:


a) the announcement is played once and the connection is cleared down.
b) the announcement is repeated ad infinitum and the system establishes the connec-
tion.
Announcements can be saved in the same way as normal greetings via the HiPath 3000 Man-
ager E/C (see Section 5.4.2, "Professional Greetings").

Announcements are licensed as a HiPath 3000 feature. In HiPath 3000 Manager E,


> the feature is enabled for each announcement port.
Please refer to the HiPath 3000 Service Manual for further information on licensing.
The feature is licensed and enabled for each announcement port.
Administration is performed via HiPath Manager E.
The announcement device is set up as explained previously under "Auxiliary equipment - An-
nouncements". Here you have the option of entering the IVM port access as an announcement
source. The only announcement types that can be used are "Announcement" (one-off an-
nouncement) or "Music On Hold" (cyclic announcement).
The announcement mailboxes must be set up on the IVM. The mailbox call number corre-
sponds to the call number of the IVM port specified under "Auxiliary equipment - Announce-
ments". The COS of this type of MOH mailbox must be set to COS class 17 and cannot be mod-
ified. The type must be configured as the parameter for this mailbox (ad finitum or disconnect
at the end of the announcement).
The call number of an IVM port, which is used as an announcement, cannot be used again in
a hunt group for voicemail. If necessary, the station type of an IVM announcement port must
be changed from "PhoneMail" to "Standard".
Although it is possible to access an announcement mailbox via the TUI (only by switching mail-
boxes "* # Mailbox Number"), the only option available is the recording of announcements.

Super users cannot set up or administer announcement mailboxes.


>
5.7 IVM as Call Live Recording System
The IVM can be used for recording telephone conversations. Setup is performed with the Hi-
Path 3000 Manager and is described in the HiPath 3000 service manual. The IVM recognizes
recorder calls by a special Network-Specific Facility (NSF) element with the type of call (TOC)
information. This information is transmitted in an ISDN setup message. Call recording ends in
accordance with the ISDN standard when calls are disconnected (disconnect, release, ...).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
142 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB06.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Final Testing
Normal Mailbox

6 Final Testing
After completing the administration procedures, the IVM should be configured in such a way
that it correctly presents each user with additional setup options for configuring his or her own
mailbox from his or her telephone. The system is ready to receive calls when the yellow LED
is off and the green LED is on.
Final testing of the fully configured IVM module is performed by placing test calls and querying
the mailboxes.
The default mailbox password for newly configured mailboxes is depending on the length of the
password between “1 2 3 ” and “1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8”.

6.1 Normal Mailbox


1. Set up call switching and call forwarding to the IVM hunt group.
2. Call the extension number for the activated mailbox from an internal as well as an external
phone, and check to see whether or not the call is switched to the right mailbox (the greet-
ing text for the corresponding mailbox can be heard).
3. Record a message after the greeting has been played back. Check to see whether or not
message waiting indication is activated.
4. Call the IVM hunt group and enter the password and the mailbox extension number, if re-
quired. Check date and time for the recorded message and then delete the message. After
the last message has been played back, the MWI function at the corresponding telephone
should automatically be deactivated.

6.2 Notification Call


The notification call should be tested for at least one mailbox. The following steps must be ex-
ecuted for this:
1. Call the IVM hunt group number.
2. Enter the password and the mailbox extension number, if required.
3. Select the "Notification call number" function by repeatedly pressing the< 3> key (STD) or
<2> key (XP). If a notification call number is being set up for the first time, the "No notifica-
tion call number has been entered" message is played back.
4. After pressing the <0> key (STD) or <1> key (XP), the telephone number can be entered
to which notification calls should be placed. Press the <#> key (STD) or the <*> key (XP)
after entering the number.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 143
IVMSysHB06.fm

Final Testing Nur für den internen Gebrauch


AutoAttendant

5. In order to change to the function for activation of the notification call, press the <1> key
(STD) or the <72> key (XP). The "Notification call is deactivated" message is played back
first.
6. The notification call function is activated by pressing the <0> key (STD) or the <1> key
(XP), which is acknowledged with an appropriate announcement.
7. All mailbox functions are exited by hanging up.
8. After leaving a message at the mailbox, a notification call is made to the previously entered
number.
9. After answering the notification call and entering the mailbox password, delete the record-
ed message and deactivate the notification call function (delete the notification call number
if necessary).

6.3 AutoAttendant

6.3.1 Speed Dialing Destinations


1. Call the IVM hunt group number.
2. Enter the password and the AutoAttendant mailbox extension number, if required.
3. Select the "Speed dial <1> ..." function by repeatedly pressing the <3> key (STD) or the
<2> key (XP). If a speed dialing number is being set up for the first time, the "No speed
dialing destination" message is played back.
4. Press the <0> key (STD) or the <1> key (XP).
a) If no speed dialing destination exists: After being requested to do so, enter the speed
dialing destination phone number. Press the <#> key (STD) or the <*> key (XP) after
entering the number.
b) If a speed dialing destination already exists: Press the <*> key (STD) or the <1> key
(XP) (change number) and enter the new speed dialing destination phone number af-
ter the prompt. Press the <#> key (STD) or the <*> key (XP) after entering the number.
Mailbox as speed dialing destination:
If a mailbox is to be entered as a speed dialing destination, press the <#> key (STD and
XP) and then enter the mailbox extension number.
5. All mailbox functions are exited by hanging up.
6. Call the AutoAttendant mailbox and enter the speed dial number <1> during the greeting.
Check whether your call is switched to the destination which you have just set up.
Mailbox as speed dialing destination:

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
144 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB06.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Final Testing
Group Mailbox

Call the AutoAttendant mailbox. The caller hears the current mailbox announcement after
pressing the corresponding speed dial number <1> during the greeting.
7. Delete the speed dialing destination number, if necessary, after completing this test.

6.3.2 Call Forwarding to an Extension Number


Call the AutoAttendant mailbox and enter the desired extension number during the greeting.
The COS bit "AA Disable Direct Dialing" may not be set.
Check if the AutoAttendant mailbox switches the call to the entered extension number.

6.3.3 Call Switching to a Mailbox


Call the AutoAttendant mailbox and during the greeting, press <**> (STD and XP), and then
enter the extension number of the desired mailbox.
Check if the AutoAttendant mailbox switches the call to this mailbox and the current announce-
ment is played back to the caller.

6.4 Group Mailbox


1. Group mailboxes can be configured for a minimum of two group members with HiPath
Manager. In order not to interfere with the mailbox-users' work, it is best to do the test with
extension phones which are currently not being used.
2. Activate message recording by entering the administration of the group mailboxes.
3. Call the group mailbox and leave a message.
4. Check to see that all extension phones which are included in the group receive an MWI
signal.
5. Listen to the message from one of the extension phones by calling the hunt group and en-
tering the mailbox password. Then delete the message.
6. Make sure all MWI lights have disappeared from the extension phones of all group mem-
bers.

6.5 Mobility
Use Web Administration for this.
Note that this feature requires Mobility licenses (see Section 5.3.13 on page 5-111) and
PBX system software version 7 or higher.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 145
IVMSysHB06.fm

Final Testing Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Conference Server

1. Step: Configure the Mobility box:


a) Log on via service-login
b) Select a mailbox from the list and click "Edit".
c) Select "COS" on the left in the menu.
d) Select "User defined" in the "Select COS" dropdown box.
e) Activate the checkbox "Mobility box".
f) Save (click the "Save" button). "Mobility" appears on the left in the menu.
2. Step: Configure Mobility:
a) Enter in the first line of the column "Forwarding/Administration" in the table the for-
warding destination (e.g. a mobile phone number).
b) Select "Ext. Line + Number" in the "Type of number" column.
c) Make sure that the option button in the first line in the "Active" column is selected.
d) Select the "Mobility activated" check box (via the table)
e) Save (click the "Save" button).
3. Step: Final Testing
Select the extension of the Mobility box just configured. The mobile phone entered in Step 2a)
should ring presently (after 20 - 30 seconds).

6.6 Conference Server


1. Setup of the conference server
a) Login as 'service.'
b) Click on the 'edit' button of the selected mailbox in the list of mailboxes.
c) Select CoS within the Mailbox administration on the left side.
d) Set the 'select CoS' adjustment to 'User defined'.
e) Activate the checkbox 'Conference server.'
f) Click the 'Save' button. In the Mailbox administration 'Conference settings' appears.
2. Functional phone number setup:

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
146 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB06.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Final Testing
Finishing Up

a) Click on 'Conference server' in the System administration menu at the left side and en-
ter the 'Functional phone number' in the new window.
b) A virtual HiPath extension with this number must permanently be rerouted to the IVM.
All incoming calls at this extension are calling the conference server.
3. Testing
a) Call from an extension with conferencing rights (related mailbox CoS settings allow
use of conferencing) to the functional number.
b) Follow the spoken advices. After entering the conference room music is played be-
cause there is no one else in the conference room.
c) Login as this particular user in the WBM.
d) Start 'Conference room' in the user's Mailbox administration menu.
The status of the conference will be displayed showing the connected status of the
conference leader in first line in the table.
e) Enter another internal extension number in the table, activate the related checkbox
and click on the 'dial' button.

This extension number now will be dialed and its status in the table changes to 'called'.
After picking up that call this participant joins the conference and its displayed status
changes to 'connected' as soon as the refresh button is clicked.

6.7 Finishing Up
After final testing of the IVM has been successfully completed, an IVM system administrator
should be trained, if necessary. Beyond this, instruction for administration with the super user
function should be provided as well (see user manual).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 147
IVMSysHB06.fm

Final Testing Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Finishing Up

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
148 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB07.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades
General

7 Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades

7.1 General
The standard applications of the system are completely inoperable during IVM software and/or
voice prompt upgrades. To distinguish the upgrade from the power-up the yellow LED is blink-
ing in a of 100ms interval.
Software and / or voice prompt data transfers do not effect the functions of the IVM and can
thus take place during normal operating hours. The time at which upgrades become effective
(changeover time) should be outside of normal business hours, and should be coordinated with
the system administrator.
The IVM software and voice prompt data files can be installed simultaneously. The IVM need
not be disabled for this.

Changeover Reboot
Time IVM

Wait until Shut Restart of


Normal the last
Operating down of the the IVM software
Operation connection
Mode Normal IVM software (max. 9 min) Normal
During has cleared
Operation File Operation
Transfer

Green ON Green Green OFF see Green ON


LED or Blinking or
Table 3-2
Indication Green Blinking Green Blinking

Figure 7-1 Restricted Operation During Upgrades

If the failure occurs before the changeover time, the upgrade can no longer be per-
> formed and the transmission data are deleted.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 149
IVMSysHB07.fm

Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades Nur für den internen Gebrauch
APS and Voice Prompt Upgrades

So-called TAR files are transmitted to the IVM during APS upgrades, as well as voice prompt
upgrades. Files are named according to the following convention:
IVM: Identifies an IVM software upgrade package.
DLI: Identifies a DLI software upgrade package.
LAN: Identifies an upgrade package for a language set (e.g., GER, FRA, USA, ENG, CZE, etc.)
This abbreviation, marked by ???, prefixes the file name of the upgrade package, followed by
the version number. This results in the syntax ???bbccc.tar or ???aaabbccc.tar:
* aaa: Identifies the version of the software (not set on older packag-
es, i.e., v1.0 or v2.0).
* bb: Identifies the compatibility with the current installation.
* ccc: Identifies the release.
For DLI, the version is put in the file name. In this case, the dots are replaced by underlines.
This means that DLI v1.0.6 becomes DLI1_0_6.tar.
Example:
* IVM03306.tar: IVM software upgrade package containing version 2.0, re-
lease 306 with the compatibility number 03.
* IVM25004104.tar: IVM software upgrade package containing version 2.5, re-
lease 104 with the compatibility number 04.
* GER04001.tar: German language set compatible with number 04 of the pre-
installed software, release 001.
In order to use the file name to recognize the DLI and IVM version, the abbreviation is linked
with its version number with a + (plus): IVM25004101+DLI1_0_6.tar
The compatibility number must correspond to both the upgrade package (software or language
set) and the preinstalled software. The version number or release numbers can be different.

7.2 APS and Voice Prompt Upgrades


Installation of a new APS version (IVM software) may necessitate the installation of a new voice
prompt version and vice versa.
For this reason, current IVM version data must be determined and checked against the new file
versions for compatibility before starting the upgrade. Current versions can be queried as de-
scribed in Section 5.1.
A compatibility test is executed before the files are transferred by HiPath 3000 Manager E,
which may result in an error message. During this process, the IVM also takes files (with the
corresponding format) into consideration, which have already been transferred to the IVM, for
example, via the LAN.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
150 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB07.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades
APS and Voice Prompt Upgrades

Due to the fact that the changeover time is in the future, the compatibility test is executed once
again before changeover takes place. If incompatibility becomes apparent at this time, an entry
is made to the system error memory (error class / error number: 32 / 16.
In order to install APS and / or voice prompt files via the Manager, the following steps need to
be executed:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed on the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Activate the "Read data" button.
Current IVM configuration data are displayed.
● Click the "Execute file operations" button.
● Select "Upgrade" in the "Write file" field.
● Specify the APS file at the PC which contains the new IVM software.
● If necessary, specify one or two voice prompt files which have been saved to the PC.
● Select a changeover time.
● Click the "Write: PC --> IVM" button.
The IVM checks to make sure that the specified IVM software is compatible with the se-
lected IVM voice prompt files, or the voice prompt files stored at the IVM, and indicates an
error if this is not the case. If no error message appears, HiPath 3000 Manager E calcu-
lates the total size of the files to be transferred. In this way, the user is able to determine
the approximate time required for data transfer. At this point, data transmission can be
aborted, or transfer can be started.
After data transmission has been completed, the IVM activates the new software and any new
voice prompts at the specified changeover time. The old software is no longer available after
changeover at the IVM.
Mailboxes, greeting texts, messages and system configurations used in the old software are
saved.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 151
IVMSysHB07.fm

Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades Nur für den internen Gebrauch
Upgrading from Release Line 1.0 to Release Line 2.0

7.3 Upgrading from Release Line 1.0 to Release Line 2.0


In order to successfully upgrade from release line 1.0 (HE100V.01.yyy) to release line 2.0
(HE200V.0x.1yy), the IVMs require, in addition to the APS (IVM021xx.tar), at least one voice
prompt language set from release line 2.0 that must be upgraded in conjunction with the APS.
All configured mailbox data, greetings, and messages from release line 1.0 remain intact
through the upgrading to release line 2.0. However, it is highly recommendable to save the IVM
data before each upgrading (see Section 9.1).
If the IVM should not run as expected after upgrading to release line 2.0, the original state of
the IVM can be restored with a downgrade and restore (see Section 9.2).

Please note the service information INF-03-000921 for software versions older than
> HE100V.01.116.

Since IVM 2.5 runs on a new distribution, the Morphix CD is required.


>
7.4 Downgrading from Release Lines

Downgrading to older release lines is not possible.


>
7.5 Upgrade release lines to HE200V.03, to HE250V.04 or to
HE300V.04

7.5.1 Requirements
● A service laptop with CD-ROM boot option
● MORPHIX CD-ROM with IVM upgrade
● Ethernet CAT-5 crossover cable
● IVM release line HE200V.02.119 or higher

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
152 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB07.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades
Upgrade release lines to HE200V.03, to HE250V.04 or to HE300V.04

7.5.2 Execution
If the IVM has already been upgraded to release line HE200V.02.119 then the default proce-
dure should be applied. The upgrade from release line HE200V.02.119 to HE200V.03.xyz is au-
tomatically performed in two stages. First of all, a special upgrade package is transferred to the
IVM. Then, the IVM is restarted and finally a connection is set up to the service laptop. The ac-
tual upgrade process is then started. No further user input is required after the upgrade process
starts.

At no point in the upgrade process may the connection to the IVM or the
7 power supply on the service laptop and HiPath system be interrupted.

7.5.2.1 Configuring IVM


1. Perform a backup to save existing customer data. In the case of large data volumes,
this should be done with FTP.
2. Disconnect the LAN cable on the customer network and change the IP setting on the
IVM as follows:
● IP address=192.168.0.2
● Subnet mask=255.255.255.0
● Gateway IP address=192.168.0.1
3. Enable TFTP access to IVM (FTP not required)

7.5.2.2 Operating the Service Laptop


1. Connect the service laptop (always default Ethernet interface: eth0) to the IVM with a
CAT-5 crossover cable.
2. Insert the MORPHIX CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive on the service laptop and perform
a restart.
3. Wait until the System Info display appears on the laptop.
4. If necessary, select an image if multiple images are available.
5. Press ENTER; the Select action display then appears and you can select the actions
required.
6. Select Initiate Upgrade and wait until the special upgrade package has been success-
fully transferred.
7. Press ENTER to return to the System Info display. Wait until the IVM upgrade proce-
dure is complete (approx. 25 minutes). Only then can the service laptop be powered
down.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 153
IVMSysHB07.fm

Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades Nur für den internen Gebrauch
Upgrade release lines to HE200V.03, to HE250V.04 or to HE300V.04

8. After transferring the upgrade data, the IVM performs a reboot and starts the upgrade
process.
9. The green LED lights up again on the IVM following a successful upgrade, (see Sec-
tion 3.5, "Power-Up", on page 3-36).

The upgrade process can take up to 90 minutes. No other actions may be started at
7 the service laptop during this time.

7.5.2.3 Completing the Process


1. Perform a restart with "Shut Down" in the Select action display.
2. The CD-ROM can then be removed while the service laptop is restarting (the CD-ROM
is disabled when MORPHIX is active).
3. Use Restore to reload the customer data saved.

7.5.2.4 Responses and LED Displays

Green LED Yellow LED Description


ON OFF IVM ready
OFF OFF Restart to load the special upgrade package
ON ON LED test reload option
OFF BLINKING 500 IVM loads the upgrade package
ms/500 ms
OFF OFF IVM reboot
OFF BLINKING 100 IVM reconfiguration for HE200V.03.xyz
ms/100 ms
OFF OFF IVM reboot
LED signaling (as for regular IVM power-up)
Table 7-1 LED Indications during the Upgrade Process
You will find an overview in Section 3.5, "Power-Up", on page 3-36 and in Section 8.1, "LED
Indicators During Operation", on page 8-157.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
154 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB07.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades
Upgrade release lines to HE200V.03, to HE250V.04 or to HE300V.04

7.5.3 Error Handling

7.5.3.1 Service Laptop Failure to Boot from the MORPHIX CD


1. Is the CD drive entered as the first boot device in the laptop’s BIOS?
2. Depending on the security settings, some service laptops only boot from CD if the "Su-
pervisor" password is entered instead of the normal BIOS password.

7.5.3.2 Service Laptop Incompatibility


Every attempt was made when creating the MORPHIX distribution to ensure optimum support
for the widest range of laptop/PC hardware configurations possible. Unfortunately, this cannot
be guaranteed 100%.

7.5.3.3 No Upgrade Image in the System Info Display


The MORPHIX CD may be faulty and should be replaced.

7.5.3.4 Ethernet Connection


If the IVM in the System Info display appears as IVM (192.168.0.2): NOT FOUND, then you
must verify the following points:
● Problems with the service laptop’s eth0 (use alternative Ethernet card)
● LAN cable (switch)
● IVM settings (perform)
● IVM LEDs: GREEN on, YELLOW off (check and, where applicable, wait)
Repeat the System Info command in the Select action display.

7.5.3.5 Upgrade Process


1. A TFTP connection cannot be set up with the IVM
1. Check IVM settings with regard to TFTP
2. Check the Ethernet connection once again
2. An upgrade process is not performed after the successful transfer of the upgrade package.
> IVM version is already HE200V.03.xyz

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 155
IVMSysHB07.fm

Software and Voice Prompt Upgrades Nur für den internen Gebrauch
Upgrade release lines to HE200V.03, to HE250V.04 or to HE300V.04

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
156 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB08.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Troubleshooting and Maintenance
LED Indicators During Operation

8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance

8.1 LED Indicators During Operation

Green LED Yellow LED Description Required Action


On Off Idle (no calls)
Blinking Off At least one active port
(500 ms) (call)
Blinking Blinking Disable switch activated
(500 ms) (500 ms) during a call
Off On Module disabled, module - Check to see if the mod-
error has occurred or the ule has been deactivated
upgrade process is active. by HiPath 3000 Manager
E, or via the disable switch.
- Replace module if defec-
tive.
Blinking Blinking The module data medium is
(100 ms) (500 ms) checked for errors.
Table 8-1 LED Indicators During Operation

For further LED signaling see Section 3.5, "Power-Up", on page 3-36.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 157
IVMSysHB08.fm

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Frequently Asked Questions

8.2 Frequently Asked Questions

Symptom Cause Remedy


No connection to the IVM can The module is defective. Replace the module.
be established. All available IVM channels are Review statistics to see if the
busy. channels are busy. If a IVML8
module is used, it should be
replaced by an IVML24 mod-
ule.
The module is disabled. Set the disable switch back to
the enable positions and / or
cancel disabling via the Hi-
Path 3000 Manager E.
The module has not powered- Test the USBS call numbers,
up. Error message 30 / 95 in they must be configured.
the error memory
Queries via the optiPoint The preconfigured Entry Remove the EVM from the
menu or MWI key do not reach Voicemail (EVM) was not CDB (see Section 3.2 on page
the IVM properly removed from the 3-35)
CDB.

Important: For HiPath 33x0


and 35x0 only!
Transfer with Manager E / C to The X / Y values are too low Raise the X and Y values to at
IVM is too slow (connection and the flow control of the D- least 200.
via the system) channels is active
No connection to the mailbox Mailbox has not been set up. Set up a mailbox for the corre-
can be established. sponding extension number
via the HiPath 3000 Manager
E.
Call switching or forwarding to Set up call switching or for-
the IVM hunt group has not warding for the corresponding
been set up for a given exten- extension number. (Call desti-
sion number. nation lists: 2nd destination =
IVM hunt group number).
Table 8-2 Frequently Asked Questions

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
158 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB08.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Frequently Asked Questions

Symptom Cause Remedy


Message recording is not pos- The mailbox was not activated Call the hunt group and enter
sible. after it was set up. the mailbox password to gain
The caller hears the mailbox Note: Message recording is access to mailbox control.
greeting, after which the call is always deactivated after initial
released. installation.
Message recording is deacti- Call the hunt group and enter
vated for the mailbox. the mailbox password to gain
access to mailbox control, and
then activate message record-
ing.
Message recording is not pos- No more recording capacity Delete old messages.
sible. (total 100 hours)
The caller hears a system
message informing him or her
that it is not possible to leave a
message.
Mailboxes cannot be set up by The maximum number of Delete unnecessary mailbox-
the superuser. The system ad- mailboxes has already been es.
ministrator hears a system set up.
message indicating that no
more mailboxes can be set
up.
A mailbox does not include all The wrong COS setting has Change the COS setting for
desired features. been configured. the affected mailbox.
The mailbox cannot be con- Touch-tone signals are not Activate the touch-tone func-
trolled with certain tele- recognized. tion in the HiPath system.
phones.
Message waiting indication re- New messages have arrived, MWI remains active until all
mains active at telephone. or previous messages have new messages have been
not yet been played back. played back.
This mailbox or group mail-
box.
Message waiting indication The substitute ID numbers for Set up the substitution ID
does not occur. "*" and "#" have been deleted numbers or the hunt group.
or there is no hunt group set
up for the IVM.
Table 8-2 Frequently Asked Questions

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 159
IVMSysHB08.fm

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Entry in the HiPath 3000 Error Log

Symptom Cause Remedy


Long messages are truncat- Maximum message recording Increase maximum message
ed. duration has been exceeded recording duration via the Hi-
during recording. Path 3000 Manager E.
AutoAttendant mailboxes can- The maximum number of Delete unnecessary AutoAt-
not be set up by the superus- mailboxes has already been tendant mailboxes.
er. The system administrator set up.
hears the following message:
"No more mailboxes can be
set up with this class of ser-
vice".
A notification call, a substitute Seizure code of the caller Correct the call number in the
call or a call switching does number and admissible sei- notification call, substitute call
not occur. zure code of the mailbox do or AutoAttendant speed dial-
not correspond. ing destination number.
A user is not found by name No user name has been re- The user must speak his or
selection corded her name into the recording
An FTP login attempt is IVM DNS server configuration Correct the invalid DNS IP ad-
cleared down after approxi- is faulty, that is, the IP address dress in the IVM configuration
mately one minute. is invalid or the DNS server is or remove the entry if the
unreachable. Voice2Email feature is not re-
quired. You must make sure
that the connections to the
DNS server exist.
The following error message FTP password or FTP user Enter the correct FTP pass-
appears after attempting to name was entered incorrectly, word and/or FTP user name.
log in via FTP: "Could not or the user group is incorrect.
open host ....; username and/
or password was not accepted
for login."
The following error message FTP access is not activated in Activate FTP access in the Hi-
appears after attempting to the HiPath 3000 Manager E or Path 3000 Manager E, and
log in via FTP: "Remote host the firewall rules are config- check the firewall rules.
has closed the connection". ured incorrectly.
Table 8-2 Frequently Asked Questions

8.3 Entry in the HiPath 3000 Error Log


In the following cases, the IVM (with SW version HE200V.03.201 or later) makes an entry in
the HiPath 3000 error log:

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
160 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB08.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Troubleshooting

● Call recording was activated for a nonexistent mailbox.


● A call was forwarded to a nonexistent mailbox.
The entry has the following format: 01 31 30 36 00 00 00 00 00 00

1st byte 01 is always the same for this error message


2nd - 10th 31 30 36 00 00 00 00 00 00 the mailbox number, where the individual digits
byte are output as their ASCII codes (e.g. 106). The
entry is filled with zeros as needed.
Table 8-3 Entry in error log

8.4 Troubleshooting

Error situation 1: IVM runs without error after a (brief) failure.


In this case, please complete all steps in the Catalog of Measures 1 and 2 (see below), see
Table 8-4 on page 8-163.

Error situation 2: The service interface is not working.


1. Complete all steps in the Catalog of Measures 1.
2. Check the network connection.
Include the FTP protocol of the Manager E (<Installation contents Manager E>FTP>Log/
log_ftotrans.txt) in the error description.
Include all the files in the multiple-item operation sequence "<Installation contents Manag-
er E>/XML" in the error message.
If there is also an error message from the Manager E, include this in the error description
(no screen shot!).
If you suspect an unstable LAN connection, test the connection as follows:
Attention: follow the instructions for Ethernet configuration!
Windows prompt:
Ping -n 20 <IP address of the IVM>
No timeouts and no lost packages should be logged. If they are, there is a network problem
and the network administrator should to be contacted to find and remove the error. After-
wards, the network connection can be retested.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 161
IVMSysHB08.fm

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Troubleshooting

Does an FTP login (user name and password) function with the FTP program from the
prompt?
If yes, use the "DIR" command and make a screen shot of the entire FTP directory con-
tents.
3. Analyze the error as described in "Error situation 3: The IVM has failed".

Error situation 3: The IVM has failed.


1. Complete all steps in the Catalog of Measures 1.
2. If you are at the same location as the IVM:
What is the status of the yellow and green LEDs on the IVM?
Does the IVM react to pressing the disable switch?
(The switch should be after the test in its upper position (IVML8/L24) or be pressed
(IVMS8/S8R, IVMP8/P8R, IVMN8/N8L/NL, IVMP4/P4R, IVMS8N/S8NR).
3. Activate the call monitoring and call tests.
Activate Call Monitoring in the Maintenance of the HiPath Manager (entering the first port
is enough to monitor all IVM ports).
Call the IVM directly (not via the hunt group) and wait until the prompt is heard to enter the
PIN / password.
Slowly enter the PIN/password (for example "1234") (1.5 to 2 seconds between entries).
Was the PIN entry recognized? If so, you will have accessed a mailbox or you will hear a
voice prompt asking you to enter the mailbox number. If the entry was not recognized, test
whether or not "DTMF Automatic" is activated in the dialog "System parameters" - "Flags",
and if necessary repeat the direct call.
Call an extension that is forwarded to the IVM. Save the Call Monitoring again in a second
file. Include both files in the error message.
4. If in both cases the IVM was not reached and the IVM data cannot be read with HiPath
Manager, then please proceed as follows:
Reset the IVM module via the HiPath Manager Maintenance - perform a restart/reload.
If the IVM is still not operable after nine minutes, then reset the telephone system via Hi-
Path Manager.
If the IVM still not operable after this measure, please switch the telephone system com-
pletely off (without electricity) in order to rule out an IVM hardware error.
If the IVM still fails, then there is a hardware error or a general communication problem be-
tween the telephone system and the IVM. Record the hardware version number of the CPU
board of the telephone system and the error search can be ended here.
5. If the IVM has begun operation at some point during these steps, please complete all steps
under Catalog of Measures 2.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
162 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB08.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Log File

Catalog of Measures 1 Catalog of Measures 2


Please answer the following questions:
1. When was the failure determined (Date, 1. Read the CDS of the telephone system.
time or time-frame)?
2. Read the IVM trace and the IVM Statis-
2. How and how long did the failure occur? tics (from the day or time-frame of the er-
ror).
3. Was a measure applied
(e.g., module reset)? 3. Have changes recently been made to the
user administration?
4. How was failure determined (description
of the error)?
5. Can the error be reproduced
(if yes, what are the steps for doing this)?
6. Could announcements be heard during
the failure?
Read the HiPath 3000 Error History with de-
veloper password in order to view the C class
errors.
Table 8-4 Catalog of Measures

8.5 Log File

8.5.1 General
Administrative events are recorded in chronological order at the IVM in the log file. These
events can be generated by mailbox users, the super user, the HiPath 3000 Manager, the TFTP
and FTP-LAN administration. The log file maintains up to 4000 past events in a compressed
data format. The events are overwritten (cyclic) after the capacity limit has been reached.
Each event begins with a date and time entry and contains the following information:
1. Date and time of the event (yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)
2. Initiator of the event (Manager C / E, mailbox, FTP, TFTP, super user)
3. Type of change (system, mailbox number)
4. Changed parameter
5. Additional information for the parameter, for instance, day of week (optional)
6. Old parameter value

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 163
IVMSysHB08.fm

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Log File

7. New parameter value, if necessary, "deleted" or empty entry, depending on the event
8. Comment (optional)
Semicolons separate the entries.
The log files are saved in the format *.CSV and can be read and processed by a text-editor or
Excel.

Figure 8-1 Log File Entry

A list of all parameters which can be logged in the log file are found in Chapter 12.1 Parameter
List (Log File).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
164 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB08.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Troubleshooting and Maintenance
The Trace File

8.5.2 Reading Out the Log File


The log file is read out via the HiPath 3000 Manager E.
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000.
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Activate the "Execute file operations" button.
● Select "LOG" in the "Read file" field.
Specify the name of the file to which the log file should be saved at the PC.
● Press the "Read: IVM --> PC" button
The log file is read out and is then available in a compressed data format (.csvl.gz).

8.6 The Trace File


Activities occurring within each mailbox are recorded to the trace file (save or delete messages,
notification, signaling etc.). Information such as mailbox extension numbers, date and time,
touch-tone sequences, etc., are recorded in compressed data format.
The trace file is read out via the HiPath 3000 Manager E.
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Activate the "Execute file operations" button.
● Select "TRACE" in the "Read file" field.
The IVM now informs the HiPath 3000 Manager E of the possible time span for which a
trace file can be generated.
● Specify the name of the file on the PC to which the trace file should be saved.
● Select the desired time span.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 165
IVMSysHB08.fm

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Initializing Mailboxes

● Press the "Read: IVM --> PC" button


The IVM now indicates the size of the TRACE file. In this way, the user is able to determine
the approximate time required for data transfer. At this point, data transmission can be
aborted, or transfer can be started.
The TRACE file is read out and is then available on the PC in archive format (*.tar). Com-
pressed TRACE files for each day are stored to this archive (*.xml.gz).
The TRACE file can also contain CORE files, which log the last software status in the case of
an error (post mortem dump). Trace and CORE files help Research & Development analyze
the error.

8.7 Initializing Mailboxes


If an existing mailbox is assigned to a new user, it is advisable to delete any existing messages,
greetings, user names and speed dialing destinations, and to reset the password to its default
setting. This is accomplished through mailbox initialization.
After initialization, mailbox recording is activated, and the substitute function and the notifica-
tion call are deactivated.
Mailbox name and COS remain unchanged, although they can be changed with the adminis-
tration function, if required.
Mailboxes are initialized as follows:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance" and click the "Read data" button.
The required list of existing mailboxes is transmitted along with the version data (the list is
not displayed at present).
● Click the "Initialize mailboxes" button.
A new dialog box appears at which all existing mailboxes are displayed in the left-hand
field. Mailboxes can be dragged and dropped or double-clicked into the right-hand field,
which displays all mailboxes to be initialized.
● Select the mailboxes.
● Activate the "Initialize mailboxes" button.
A message appears confirming data transfer.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
166 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB08.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Resetting Mailbox Passwords

8.8 Resetting Mailbox Passwords


If a user forgets his or her mailbox password, it can be reset to its default setting.
Mailbox passwords are reset as follows:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance" and click the "Read data" button.
The required list of existing mailboxes is transmitted along with the version data (the list is
not displayed at present).
● Click the "Reset passwords" button.
A new dialog box appears at which all existing mailboxes are displayed in the left-hand
field. Mailboxes can be dragged and dropped or double-clicked into the right-hand field,
which displays all mailboxes whose passwords will be reset to the default setting.
● Select the mailboxes.
● Activate the "Reset passwords" button.
A message appears confirming data transfer.

8.9 Super User

8.9.1 Changing the Super User Password


IVM administration via the user interface (super user) is protected by an 8 digit password. This
password can be changed as follows:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Activate the "Change super user password" button.
A dialog box appears at which the new password can be entered, followed by reentry for
confirmation.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 167
IVMSysHB08.fm

Troubleshooting and Maintenance Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Disabling the IVM

● Enter the password and acknowledge with the "OK" button.


A message appears confirming data transfer.

8.9.2 Changing the Super User Language


The pre-set language of the super user is language 1. This can only be changed in the super
user menu (super user TUI), see the Xpressions Compact User Manual.

8.10 Disabling the IVM


Before removing the module or during restricted operation (backup and restore), it may be ad-
visable to disable the module for new calls.
The disable switch function is described in Section 2.2, and Section 3.5. In addition to the dis-
able switch, the IVM can also be disabled using the software. These two functions are indepen-
dent of each other, i.e., even after the IVM has been enabled with the switch, it may still be dis-
abled by the software. The yellow LED indicates the status of both disable functions.

Querying the disable status:


● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed to the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance" and click the "Read data" button.
The disable status is indicated in the "Lock" field. The "Software lock on/off" button cannot
be activated until after the disable status has been queried.

Changing the disable status:


● Depending on the current status, the IVM can either be disabled or enabled by clicking the
"Software lock on/off" button.
The disable status display is refreshed automatically approximately 10 seconds after the
disable / enable command has been transmitted, i.e., the status is queried once again.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
168 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB09.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Backup / Restore
Backup

9 Backup / Restore

9.1 Backup
The backup function is used to save mailbox data, greetings and any messages left by callers.
IVM operating functions are restricted during the backup process.
It is only possible to listen to greetings in this mode of operation. No messages can be left in
mailboxes and no mailbox administration is possible. For this reason, IVM users should be in-
formed that administration functions and message recording will be temporarily interrupted be-
fore starting the backup.
Because mailboxes are backed up one after the other, restricted operation is only effective for
each individual mailbox for a short period of time. After each individual mailbox has been saved
to the backup archive, it is once again fully operable.
Saved data includes mailbox configurations and greetings, as well as saved messages if de-
sired.
The backup file may thus range in size from several kilobytes up to 3 gigabytes, if recording
capacity is fully utilized.
The time required for transmission of the backup archive depends upon the transmission speed
of the selected transfer path and the size of the archive. In order to reduce the amount of data,
the Manager offers the following options:
● Backup all or only selected mailboxes (including greetings)
● Backup the messages stored in the selected mailboxes
The amount of backup data and file generation time depends to a great extent on the number
of mailboxes and their respective messages.
In order to create a backup archive, proceed as follows:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit"
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed on the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Click the "Execute file operations" button.
● Select "BACKUP" in the "Read file" field.
The IVM now informs the Manager which mailboxes have been set up.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 169
IVMSysHB09.fm

Backup / Restore Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Restore

● Select the file to which the data should be saved on the PC.
● Specify which data should be saved from which mailboxes.
● Press the "Read: IVM --> PC" button
The IVM now displays the size of the backup file. In this way, the user is able to determine
the approximate time required for data transfer. At this point, data transmission can be
aborted, or transfer can be started. The user can also request the data to be transferred to
the IVM for later FTP transfer.

9.2 Restore
The restore function is used to restore mailbox data, greetings and any messages left by call-
ers. IVM operating functions are restricted during the restore process (see also Section 9.1).
The restore archive is generated from an already existing backup archive. The time required
for transmission of the restore archive depends on the transmission speed of the selected
transfer path and the size of the archive. In order to reduce the amount of data, the Manager
offers the following options:
● Restore all or only selected mailboxes (including greetings)
● Restore the messages stored in the selected mailboxes
If mailboxes with identical mailbox numbers exist at the IVM, mailbox data is overwritten, al-
though messages that already exist at the IVM are added to the restored mailbox, assuring that
no messages are lost. If the mailboxes to be restored do not exist at the IVM, they are gener-
ated during the restore process.

If a mailbox including any messages is restored multiple times, the


7 saved messages are also restored multiple times.

If the "Overwrite" mode is selected for the restore function, all existing mailboxes and
7 their messages are deleted and the system is restored from the archive. Great care
must be used with this mode of operation!

If a mailbox is restored while the user is accessing it, it is possible that any changes
7 made by the user may not be saved and/or the IVM may unexpectedly "hang up".

In order to execute the restore function, proceed as follows:


● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
170 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB09.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Backup / Restore
Restore

● Select and activate "Maintenance".


A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed on the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".
● Click the "Execute file operations" button.
● Select "RESTORE" in the "Write file" field.
● Specify the name of a previously generated backup file from which data will be restored
from the PC to the IVM.
The Manager analyzes the content of the BACKUP file and prompts the user to select the
desired data.
● Select the data from the backup file that will be restored to the IVM.
● Select "Overwrite", if appropriate.
● Click the "Write: PC --> IVM" button.
The HiPath 3000 Manager E generates a file with the name "ivm_res.tar" in the XML direc-
tory and displays the size of this file. In this way, the user is able to determine the approx-
imate time required for data transfer. At this point, data transmission can be aborted, or
transfer can be started. The user can also request the data to be transferred to the IVM for
later FTP transfer.

A restore of a backup done with software 1.0 is not possible with software 2.0!
>

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 171
IVMSysHB09.fm

Backup / Restore Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Restore

Restore Backups from older IVM Versions to more recent versions


Backups from older IVM versions can be restored to more recent versions, but not vice versa.
This applies within a „line“ as well as between lines, as shown in the following table:

Backup from version HE100V. HE200V. HE200V. HE250V. HE300V.


01.xxx 02.119+ 03.128+ 04.xxx 04.xxx
can be restored to version
HE100V.01.xxx
HE200V.02.119+
HE200V.03.128+
HE250V.04.xxx
HE300V.04.xxx
Tabelle 9-1 Restoring backups
When restoring from one "line" to a higher "line" (e.g. HE250V.04.xxx to HE300V.04.xxx), make
sure that the version to which the backup is to be restored is more recent than the version from
which the backup was made. This is mostly, but not always indicated by the version numbers.
When in doubt, please refer to the release documents of the versions concerned.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
172 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB10.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Statistics
IVM Statistics

10 Statistics

10.1 IVM Statistics

10.1.1 General
The IVM statistics function provides information concerning system utilization, mailbox utiliza-
tion and busy times for the channels. System utilization information includes general data re-
garding capacity utilization, greetings and messages. Three additional tables contain mailbox
utilization data sorted according to various criteria. The table for channel busy times shows the
times during which all available IVM channels were busy, i.e., periods during which traffic levels
no longer allowed for free access to the voice mail system.
The HiPath Manager displays the following tab for this purpose:
● System utilization in the "General" tab
● Mailbox utilization data in the following three tabs with max. 25 entries:
"Sorted according to number of messages"
"Sorted according to recording time"
"Sorted according to message age"
● Channels busy table
The "General" tab contains the following data:
● Utilized overall recording time in minutes, and as a percentage of maximum available ca-
pacity
● Total number of greetings
● Total duration of greetings in minutes
● Average greeting duration in minutes
● Total number of messages
● Total duration of messages in minutes
● Average message duration in minutes
Each of the three tabs for mailbox utilization data contain a table with identical entries, although
the tables are sorted according to different criteria, namely:
● "Sorted according to number of messages"
● "Sorted according to recording time"
● "Sorted according to message age"

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 173
IVMSysHB10.fm

Statistics Nur für den internen Gebrauch


IVM Statistics

Mailbox Number Of this, Total Recording Last TUI Most re- Oldest
call no. of mes- new mes- Time [h:min] access on cent message
sages sages message from
from
100 6 2 05:23 25.09.2001 27.09.2001 22.09.2001
123 4 0 09:12 27.09.2001 27.09.2001 13.09.2001
125 3 1 04:43 26.09.2001 27.09.2001 19.09.2001
... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Table 10-1 Mailbox Utilization Table (with contents sorted according to number of messag-
es)
The "Channels busy" tab contains a table which subdivides the day into 24 segments of each
one hour. One section contains time shown in minutes, during which all available IVM channels
were busy for all segments, i.e., periods during which traffic levels no longer allowed for free
access to the voice mail system. The table contains entries for the past 30 days.

Date 0:00- 1:00- 2:00- ... 8:00- 9:00- 10:00- ... 22:00- 23:00-
0:59 1:59 2:59 8:59 9:59 10:59 22:59 23:59
26.01.2001 0 0 0 ... 1 0 1 ... 0 0
25.01.2001 0 0 0 ... 0 2 2 ... 0 0
24.09.2001 0 0 0 ... 1 10 1 ... 0 0
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
Table 10-2 Channels Busy Table (with sample contents)
This information is required to estimate IVM availability and to add additional channels, if re-
quired (replace IVML8 with IVML24 or N8 with NL) to increase availability of the voice mail sys-
tem for callers!

10.1.2 Reading Out the IVM Statistics Data


To read out IVM statistics, proceed as follows:
● Dialog box: "File" - "Transmit”
● Select connection to HiPath 3000
● Select and activate "Maintenance".
A connection is established to the HiPath system. If an IVM has been installed on the Hi-
Path system, the "IVM" tab appears in the "Maintenance" dialog box.
● Select the "IVM" tab under "Maintenance".

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
174 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB10.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Statistics
AutoAttendant Statistics

● Click the "Execute file operations" button.


● Select "STATISTIC" in the "Read file" field.
● Specify a file to which IVM statistics data should be saved on the PC.
● Press the "Read: IVM --> PC" button
After the IVM statistics file has been transferred, the Manager presents the statistics data
to the user.
Alternatively, a previously saved IVM statistics file can be displayed once again. In this case,
click the "Load: File --> PC" button instead of
"Read: IVM --> PC" and specify the file to be displayed in the dialog box which then appears.

10.2 AutoAttendant Statistics


Version 2.0 Binder HE200V.0x.123 of the IVM software and later offers IVM AutoAttendant sta-
tistics.
AutoAttendant statistics are recorded for all AutoAttendant mailboxes and are saved in an AA
statistics file on the IVM hard disk once a day at midnight for the day that has just elapsed. The
statistics data is stored in CSV format. An external spreadsheet program must be used to an-
alyze the statistics data.
The following AutoAttendant events are recorded:
1. Number of incoming calls (direct and forwarded calls, e.g., when interlinking mailbox-
es)
2. Number of calls where "1" was pressed for the first speed dialing destination
3. Number of calls where "2" was pressed for the second speed dialing destination
4. Number of calls where "3" was pressed for the third speed dialing destination
5. Number of calls where "4" was pressed for the fourth speed dialing destination
6. Number of calls where "5" was pressed for the fifth speed dialing destination
7. Number of calls where "6" was pressed for the sixth speed dialing destination
8. Number of calls where "7" was pressed for the seventh speed dialing destination
9. Number of calls where "8" was pressed for the eight speed dialing destination
10. Number of calls where "9" was pressed for the ninth speed dialing destination
11. Number of calls where "0" was pressed for the tenth speed dialing destination
12. Number of calls where an internal extension number was called
13. Number of calls that were disconnected while the greeting was being played

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 175
IVMSysHB10.fm

Statistics Nur für den internen Gebrauch


AutoAttendant Statistics

10.2.1 Structure of the AutoAttendant Statistics File


Data recording starts every day at midnight and ends at midnight again 24 hours later. A sep-
arate AA statistics file is created for each day. The statistics files can be assigned to the record-
ing days on the basis of the assigned file name (YYYY-MM-DD.CSV, example: 2004-05-
18.CSV).
The AutoAttendant statistics file contains one line for each AutoAttendant mailbox configured.
The detailed structure of the statistics line for each mailbox is shown in Figure 10-1.
Each of the last 62 AutoAttendant statistics files are saved in the subfolder "ivm_sta".

Figure 10-1 Line Structure of the AutoAttendant Statistics Information

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
176 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB10.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Statistics
AutoAttendant Statistics

10.2.2 Transferring AutoAttendant Statistics Information


AutoAttendant statistics information can be transferred using any FTP client software.

The IVM must be incorporated into the customer’s LAN and the FTP client must be
> able to access the IVM via LAN.

The actions to be performed will vary depending on the FTP client software used.
However, the general FTP transfer procedure is always the same:
1. Establish the FTP connection with the IVM (enter the IVM IP address)
2. Login --> enter user name and password (default technician identification)
3. Change to the AA statistics folder "ivm-sta" (cd ivm-sta)
4. Transfer the relevant statistics files (get "file name")
5. Quit the FTP connection (quit)

10.2.3 Analyzing AutoAttendant Statistics Data


A spreadsheet program must be used to analyze the AutoAttendant statistics data.
Normally, every spreadsheet program can read in CSV files and convert them directly into a
table. The data can then be administered in the program and further processed for statistical
purposes.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 177
IVMSysHB10.fm

Statistics Nur für den internen Gebrauch


AutoAttendant Statistics

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
178 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB11.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Reaction Time of the IVM and Transfer Time

11 Reaction Time of the IVM and Transfer Time


Depending on the size of the data to be transferred or requested, the IVM’s reaction time or the
time needed for transfer to the remote-accessible interface (generally via S0) can be very long.
The reaction time is the time that the IVM requires to determine the size of the requested data
or to complete certain actions by writing.
The transfer time depends on the bandwidth of the available connection (system or IVM LAN
connection). For the bandwidth one can expect approx. 1.5 Kbps for the system interface and
approx. 2 Mbps for the IVM LAN interface.
The following table shows typical and maximum expected reaction time for the IVM and the typ-
ical transfer times:

Procedure Typical reaction Typical transfer Typical LAN Maximum reaction


time time via system transfer time time
for 100 mailboxes for 100 mailboxes for 100 mailbox- for 500 mailboxes
es
Read CDS 25 s 40 s approx. 10 s approx. 2 min
Write CDS 130 s 30 s approx. 10 s approx. 12 min
Backup without messag- 130 s approx. 117 min approx. 5 s approx. 10 min
es (4 greetings/Mbx) with 9.6 MB archive with 9.6 MB ar-
chive
Backup with messages 130 s approx. 176 min approx. 8 s approx. 11 min
(4 greetings and 2 mes- with 14.8 MB archive with 14.8 MB ar-
sages/Mbx) chive
Restore with messages approx. 3 min approx. 176 min approx. 6 min approx. 15 min
(4 greetings and 2 mes- (transfer of with 14.8 MB archive with 14.8 MB ar-
sages/Mbx) data to the IVM) chive
IVM statistics 70 s 20 s 1s approx. 15 min

Table 11-1 Reaction and Transfer Time

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 179
IVMSysHB11.fm

Reaction Time of the IVM and Transfer Time Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
180 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB12.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Appendix A: Data Transmission via LAN
Hardware Requirements

A Appendix A: Data Transmission via LAN


Due to the minimal transmission bandwidth available via the Manager, it is advisable to transmit
large amounts of data, for example upgrades, backups and restore files, via the LAN interface.

A.1 Hardware Requirements


To transmit large amounts of data, the IVM module must be connected to the customer LAN,
or a PC or laptop must be connected to the IVM LAN interface. A standard CAT5 cable, or in
the case of direct connection to a PC, a CAT5 crossover cable is used.
The LAN interface at the IVMS8/S8R and the IVMP8/P8R is located at the module’s front panel
(RJ 45 socket connector). With the IVML8/L24, the LAN interface can be accessed via the LAN
adapter which is provided as standard equipment (SIPAC 1U - RJ45, article number C39228-
A7195-A10).
After connecting to the LAN interface, all hardware requirements for data transmission have
been met.

A.2 Eliminating LAN Access Errors

Symptom Cause Remedy


The following error message Password or user name has Enter password and user
appears after attempting to been entered incorrectly. name correctly!
log in via FTP: "Could not
open host ....; username and/
or password was not accepted
for login.”
The following error message FTP access has not been acti- Activate FTP access at the
appears after attempting to vated at the Manager. Manager.
log in via FTP: "Remote host
has closed the connection."
Table 11-2 Problems with LAN Access

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 181
IVMSysHB12.fm

Appendix A: Data Transmission via LAN Nur für den internen Gebrauch
Eliminating LAN Access Errors

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
182 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB13.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Appendix B: Log File
Parameter List

B Appendix B: Log File

B.1 Parameter List

B.1.1 General Parameters


StandardIVMLanguage - Change the standard system language.
MaxLengthOfMailboxCallNumber - Max. number of digits for a mailbox number has been
changed.
StandardFAXInterceptDestination - A system-wide fax intercept destination has been
changed.
MaxMessageLength - Max. length of a recorded message (in seconds) has been changed.
MinMessageLength - Min. length of a recorded message (in seconds) has been changed.
NumberOfSavedMessagesPerMailbox - Max. number of saved messages per mailbox has
been changed.
MailboxPasswordLength - Length for new mailbox passwords has been changed.
TimeUntilAidingAnnouncement - Time until a help message is played in the TUI (seconds)
has been changed.
NumberOfRepeatsOfAidingAnnouncement - Repetitions of help message in the TUI has
been changed.
LANFTPService - Set up FTP access (on / off).
LANTFTPService - Set up TFTP access (on / off).
AutomaticDeletionAfterTimeout - The age of messages (in days) after which they should be
deleted, has been changed.
AnnouncementOfCallersNumber - Whether or not the phone number of the caller is an-
nounced during the message has been changed.
AlternationBetweenUserInterfaces - Switching of the TUI key commands (STD / X45).
SortingOfVoiceMessages - Sorting order of messages in a mailbox (FIFO / LIFO) has been
changed.
WaitForAnswerMonitoringTimer - Waiting time for call acceptance has been changed.
NameDialingSwitch - Availability of the system-wide name selection has been changed (on /
off).
SwitchingBehaviour - Software / hardware module disable switch (on / off).

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 183
IVMSysHB13.fm

Appendix B: Log File Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Parameter List

B.1.2 Distribution list


DistributionListDestinationMailbox - Mailbox numbers of a distribution list have been
changed.

B.1.3 Notification Call


RepeatsOfOutcallSchedule - Number of repetitions of notification call has been changed.
RepetitionTimeOfOutcallSchedule - Time in minutes until next notification call has been
changed.
OutcallDestination - Notification call number has been changed.
PagerString - Change to an SMS / pager message (notification call).
ActiveOutcallDestination - Selected notification call numbers (index).
OutcallActivation - Status of the notification call number (on / off).
OutcallWeekdayStart - Beginning time for the first notification call for each weekday.
OutcallWeekdayEnd - Time of the last notification call per weekday.
OutcallUrgentMessagesOnly - Notification call only for urgent messages.

B.1.4 Mailbox Parameters


MailboxCallNumber - Mailbox number has been changed.
MailboxName - Name of the mailbox/mailbox owner has been changed.
MailboxLanguage - Language (index) of the active mailbox language has been changed.
MailboxCOS - COS number of the mailbox has been changed.
MessageRecordingOnOff -Status of message recording has been changed.
InformationMailbox - Status of the information mailbox has been changed (on / off).
ActivationOfPersonalDeputy - Status of the substitute function has been changed (on / off).
CallNumberOfPersonalDeputy - Call number of the substitute has been changed.
ActiveDeputyCallNumber - Index of the selected substitute number has been changed.
GreetingMessage - Greeting has been recorded or deleted.
ActiveGreetingMessage - Index of the selected greeting.
GreetingMessageControl - Type of greeting control has been changed.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
184 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB13.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Appendix B: Log File
Parameter List

AutomaticOnhookForAnnouncementMailbox - Status of the greeting repetition has been


changed (on / off).
PrivateMessage - Private greeting has been recorded or deleted.
PasswordForPrivateMessage - Note about change of the private password.
UserName - User name has been recorded or deleted.
MailboxPassword - Note about the change of a mailbox password.
MailboxFAXInterceptDestination - Mailbox-specific fax intercept destination has been
changed.
MailboxTrunkGroupCode - Value of the trunk group ID number has been changed.
MailboxHuntingGroupCode - Value of the hunt group ID number has been changed.
MailboxACCode - Value of the switchboard ID number has been changed.
MailboxDirectoryEntry - Status of the visibility of the mailbox for name selection has been
changed.

B.1.5 Group Mailbox


CallnumberGroupmember - Mailbox number of a group member has been changed.

B.1.6 AutoAttendant
SpeedDialingDestination - Speed dial destination of an AutoAttendant mailbox has been
changed.
TypeOfSpeedDialingDestination - Type of speed dialing destination has been changed.

B.1.7 Calendar
WeekdayWorkingTime - Working time on weekdays has been changed.
WeekdayPauses -Time for breaks on weekdays has been changed.
CalendarDays - Calendar entry has been entered or deleted.
CalendarDaysWorkingTime - Working time of a calendar entry has been changed.
CalendarDaysPauses - Time for breaks in a calendar entry has been changed.
CalendarDaysSpecialTimes - Special times of a calendar entry has been changed.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 185
IVMSysHB13.fm

Appendix B: Log File Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Example of a Log File

B.1.8 Maintenance
SuperuserPassword - Note about change of the super user password.
IVMLanguageAssignment - Change of one of the three system languages.
HardwareLock - Status of the hardware disable switch.
SoftwareLock - Status of the software disable switch.
InitialiseMailbox - Initialization of a mailbox has been completed.
SoftwareUpgradeSwitchoverTimeAsComment - Time for switch to a software upgrade.
VoicePromptUpgradeSwitchoverTimeAsComment - Time for switch to a language up-
grade.
FileTransferFromOrToTheIVM - Data transfer of a file to / from the IVM.
Backup - Running a backup.
Restore - Running a restore.

B.1.9 Miscellaneous
ReloadOfIVM - Reset the IVM to factory settings.
MailboxDeletion - Deletion of a mailbox.
MailboxCreation - Creation of a mailbox.
NumberOfLicensedMOHPorts - Change in the number of licensed Music on Hold channels.
NumberOfLicensedAnnouncementPorts - Change in the number of licensed RCDA chan-
nels.

B.2 Example of a Log File


2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;AlternationBetweenUserInterfaces;;1;2;
2003-01-19T04:04:40;Manager C/E;System;AnnouncementOfCallersNumber;;OFF;ON;
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;AutomaticDeletionAfterTimeout;;0;1;
2003-01-22T04:47:10;Manager C/E;100;AutomaticOnhookForAnnouncementMail-box;;
OFF;ON;
2002-12-26T19:12:51;Manager C/E;System;Backup;;;;with messages
2003-01-19T02:01:09;Manager C/E;101;CallnumberGroupmember;[0];102;100;
1970-01-01T01:00:32;Manager C/E;System;FileTransferFromOrToTheIVM;;;ivm_sysd.xml;
A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
186 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB13.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Appendix B: Log File
Example of a Log File

2003-01-17T01:12:45;Manager C/E;101;GreetingMessageControl;;TimeCtrlOff;TimeCtrlPbx;
2002-12-26T14:00:25;Manager C/E;System;LANFTPService;;ON;OFF;
2002-12-26T14:00:25;Manager C/E;System;LANTFTPService;;ON;OFF;
2003-01-22T04:47:10;Manager C/E;100;MailboxACCode;;;1;
2002-12-26T15:08:05;Manager C/E;253;MailboxCreation;;;created;
2002-12-30T00:58:45;Manager C/E;100;MailboxDeletion;;;deleted;
2003-01-22T04:47:10;Manager C/E;100;MailboxFAXInterceptDestination;;;123456789;
2003-01-22T04:47:10;Manager C/E;100;MailboxHuntingGroupCode;;;1;
2002-12-26T15:05:47;Manager C/E;101;MailboxLanguage;;[2][en_GB];[1][de_DE];
2002-12-29T05:14:30;Mailbox;100;MailboxPassword;Changed;;
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;MailboxPasswordLength;;4;5
2003-01-22T04:47:10;Manager C/E;100;MailboxTrunkGroupCode;;;1
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;MaxLengthOfMailboxCallNumber;;3;5
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;MaxMessageLength;;120;110
2003-01-19T02:01:01;Manager C/E;102;MessageRecordingOnOff;;ON;OFF
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;MinMessageLength;;1;2
2003-01-22T04:47:10;Manager C/E;100;NameDialingSwitch;;OFF;ON
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;NumberOfRepeatsOfAidingAnnouncement;;3;4
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;NumberOfSavedMessagesPerMailbox;;5;9
2003-01-22T04:47:11;Manager C/E;100;OutcallActivation;;OFF;ON
2003-01-22T04:47:11;Manager C/E;100;OutcallUrgentMessagesOnly;;OFF;ON
2002-12-30T00:58:43;Manager C/E;System;Restore;;;
2003-01-19T14:16:48;Manager C/E;System;SoftwareLock;;OFF;ON
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;SortingOfVoiceMessages;;FiFo;LiFo
2003-01-05T04:02:14;Manager C/E;100;SpeedDialingDestination;[2];;120
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;Standard IVM Language;;[1][de_DE];[2][en_GB]
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;StandardFAXInterceptDestination;;;12345678
2003-01-22T04:43:54;Manager C/E;System;TimeUntilAidingAnnouncement;;3;5

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 187
IVMSysHB13.fm

Appendix B: Log File Nur für den internen Gebrauch


Example of a Log File

2003-01-05T04:02:14;Manager C/E;100;TypeOfSpeedDialingDestination;[2];off;intern
2003-01-17T01:12:45;Manager C/E;101;UserName;;;MB1
2003-01-04T06:00:37;Manager C/E;System;WeekdayPauses;[Thu][0];00:00:37;00:00:00
2003-01-04T06:00:36;Manager C/E;System;WeekdayWorking-Time;[
Tue][0];00:00:00;03:00:00

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
188 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHB14.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Appendix C: UDP/TCP Port Numbers Used

C Appendix C: UDP/TCP Port Numbers Used


The following well-known ports are available on Xpressions Compact:
● ftp-data 20/tcp
● ftp 21/tcp
● ssh 22/tcp, 22/udp
● tftp 69/udp
● http 80/tcp, 80/udp
● https 443/tcp,udp
The access possibilities can be completely configured via the „Application- Firewall“ in HiPath
Manager.

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 189
IVMSysHB14.fm

Appendix C: UDP/TCP Port Numbers Used Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
190 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHBabb.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch List of Abbreviations

List of Abbreviations Y

This table shows some important abbreviations.


Abbreviation Definition
AA AutoAttendant
ACK Acknowledge
BG Module
COS Class Of Service
DTMF Dual-Tone Multifrequency
FIFO First In First Out
FTP File Transfer Protocol
HD Hard Disk
HW Hardware
IP Internet Protocol
IVM Integrated Voice Mail
CDS Customer Data Set
LAN Local Area Network
LED Light Emitting Diode
LIFO Last In First Out
LM Feature
MAC Media Access Control
MWI Message Waiting Indication
PBX Private Branch Exchange
SW Software
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol
TUI Telephone User Interface
USBS User Signaling Bearer Service

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 191
IVMSysHBabb.fm

List of Abbreviations Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
192 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation
IVMSysHBSIX.fm
Nur für den internen Gebrauch Index

Index Z

D
Data Protection and Data Security 1-24
Documentation Feedback 1-25

E
Emergencies 1-20

I
Important Information 1-19

L
LAN, WAN, and DMZ connections (screened)
1-23

P
proper disposal and recycling 1-21

R
Reporting Accidents 1-20

S
Safety Information and Warnings 1-13
Standards and Guidelines 1-22

W
warning
caution 1-17
danger 1-14
warning 1-15

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation 193
IVMSysHBSIX.fm

Index Nur für den internen Gebrauch

A31003-S2530-M100-6-76A9, 12/2009
194 HiPath Xpressions Compact V3.0, Administrator Documentation

You might also like